99-23030. Revisions to the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation for Public Water Systems  

  • [Federal Register Volume 64, Number 180 (Friday, September 17, 1999)]
    [Rules and Regulations]
    [Pages 50556-50620]
    From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
    [FR Doc No: 99-23030]
    
    
    
    [[Page 50555]]
    
    _______________________________________________________________________
    
    Part II
    
    
    
    
    
    Environmental Protection Agency
    
    
    
    
    
    _______________________________________________________________________
    
    
    
    40 CFR Parts 9, 141 and 142
    
    
    
    Revisions to the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation for 
    Public Water Systems; Final Rule
    
    Federal Register / Vol. 64, No. 180 / Friday, September 17, 1999 / 
    Rules and Regulations
    
    [[Page 50556]]
    
    
    
    ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
    
    40 CFR Parts 9, 141 and 142
    
    [FRL-6433-1]
    RIN 2040-AD15
    
    
    Revisions to the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation 
    for Public Water Systems
    
    AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency.
    
    ACTION: Final rule.
    
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    SUMMARY: The Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA), as amended in 1996, 
    requires the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) to establish 
    criteria for a program to monitor unregulated contaminants and, by 
    August 6, 1999, to publish a list of contaminants to be monitored. To 
    conform to the Amendments, today EPA is promulgating the Unregulated 
    Contaminant Monitoring Regulation (UCMR) for Public Water Systems 
    (PWSs), which revises substantially the existing regulations for 
    unregulated contaminant monitoring.
        This final rule includes a list of contaminants to be monitored, 
    procedures for selecting a representative nationwide sample of small 
    PWSs that will be required to monitor, the frequency and schedule for 
    monitoring, the sampling points, the approved analytical methods to be 
    used, and procedures for entering the monitoring data in the National 
    Drinking Water Contaminant Occurrence Database (NCOD), as required 
    under section 1445 of SDWA, as amended. The data in the database will 
    be used to identify contaminants on the Drinking Water Contaminant 
    Candidate List (CCL), to support the Administrator's determination of 
    whether or not to develop drinking water standards for a particular 
    contaminant, and to develop standards for the contaminants that the 
    Administrator selects.
    
    DATES: Effective Date: The final rule is effective January 1, 2001.
        For purposes of judicial review, this final rule is promulgated as 
    on 1 p.m. Eastern time on October 1, 1999 as provided in 40 CFR 23.7.
        The incorporation by reference of the publications listed in 
    today's rule is approved by the Director of the Federal Register as of 
    January 1, 2001.
    
    ADDRESSES: Documents relevant to this action are available for 
    inspection from 9 a.m. to 4 p.m. Monday through Friday, excluding legal 
    holidays, at the Water Docket, East Tower Basement, U.S. EPA, 401 M 
    Street, SW, Washington DC. For access to docket (Docket No. W-98-02) 
    materials, please call (202) 260-3027 between 9 a.m. and 3:30 p.m, 
    Eastern Time, Monday through Friday, to schedule an appointment. A 
    reasonable fee may be charged for copying.
    
    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Charles Job, Standards and Risk 
    Management Division, Office of Ground Water and Drinking Water (MC-
    4607), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 401 M Street, SW, 
    Washington, D.C. 20460, (202) 260-7084. General information may also be 
    obtained from the EPA Safe Drinking Water Hotline. Callers within the 
    United States may reach the Hotline at (800) 426-4791. The Hotline is 
    open Monday through Friday, excluding federal holidays, from 9:00 a.m. 
    to 5:30 p.m. Eastern Time.
    
    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
    
    Regional Contacts
    
    I. Jane Downing, JFK Federal Bldg., Room 2203, Boston, MA 02203. 
    Phone: 617-918-1571.
    II. Bruce Kiselica, 290 Broadway, Room 2432, New York, NY 10007-
    1866. Phone: 212-637-3879.
    III. Michelle Hoover, 1650 Arch Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103-2029. 
    Phone: 215-814-5258.
    IV. Janine Morris, 345 Courtland Street, NE, Atlanta, GA 30365. 
    Phone: 404-562-9480.
    V. Thomas Poleck, 77 West Jackson Blvd., Chicago, IL 60604-3507. 
    Phone: 312-886-2407.
    VI. Larry Wright, 1445 Ross Avenue, Dallas, TX 75202. Phone: 214-
    665-7150.
    VII. Stan Calow, 726 Minnesota Ave., Kansas City, KS 66101. Phone: 
    913-551-7410.
    VIII. Rod Glebe, One Denver Place, 999 18th Street, Suite 500, 
    Denver, CO 80202. Phone: 303-312-6627.
    IX. Bruce Macler, 75 Hawthorne Street, San Francisco, CA 94105. 
    Phone: 415-744-1884.
    X. Gene Taylor, 1200 Sixth Avenue, Seattle, WA 98101. Phone: 206-
    553-1389.
    
    Abbreviations and Acronyms Used in the Preamble and Final Rule
    
    2,4-DNT--2,4-dinitrotoluene
    2,6-DNT--2,6-dinitrotoluene
    4,4'-DDE--4,4'-dichloro dichlorophenyl ethylene, a degradation 
    product of DDT
    Alachlor ESA--alachlor ethanesulfonic acid, a degradation product of 
    alachlor
    AOAC--Association of Official Analytical Chemists
    APHA--American Public Health Association
    ASDWA--Association of State Drinking Water Administrators
    ASTM--American Society for Testing and Materials
    BGM--Buffalo Green Monkey cells, a specific cell line used to grow 
    viruses
    CAS--Chemical Abstract Service
    CASRN--Chemical Abstract Service Registry Number
    CCL--Contaminant Candidate List
    CCR--Consumer Confidence Reports
    CERCLA--Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation & 
    Liability Act
    CFR--Code of Federal Regulations
    CFU--colony forming unit
    CFU/mL--colony forming units per milliliter
    CWS--community water system
    DCPA--dimethyl tetrachloroterephthalate, chemical name of the 
    herbicide dacthal
    DCPA mono- and di-acid degradates--degradation products of DCPA
    DDE--dichloro dichlorophenyl ethylene, a degradation product of DDT
    DDT--dichloro diphenyl trichloroethane, a general insecticide
    DNA--deoxyribonucleic acid
    EDL--estimated detection limit
    EPA--Environmental Protection Agency
    EPTC--s-ethyl-dipropylthiocarbamate, an herbicide
    EPTDS--Entry Point to the Distribution System
    ESA--ethanesulfonic acid, a degradation product of alachlor
    FACA--Federal Advisory Committee Act
    FTE--full-time equivalent
    GC--gas chromatography, a laboratory method
    GLI method--Great Lakes Instruments method
    GW--ground water
    GWUDI--ground water under the direct influence (of surface water)
    HPLC--high performance liquid chromatography, a laboratory method
    ICR--Information Collection Request/Rule
    IRFA--initial regulatory flexibility analysis
    IMS--immunomagnetic separation
    IRIS--Integrated Risk Information System
    IS--internal standard
    LLE--liquid/liquid extraction, a laboratory method
    MAC--Mycobacterium avium complex
    MOA--Memorandum of Agreement
    MCL--maximum contaminant level
    MDL--method detection limit
    MRL--minimum reporting level
    MS--mass spectrometry, a laboratory method
    MSD--sample matrix spike duplicate
    MTBE--methyl-tertiary-butyl-ether, a gasoline additive
    NAWQA--National Water Quality Assessment Program
    NCOD--National Drinking Water Contaminant Occurrence Database
    NDWAC--National Drinking Water Advisory Council
    NERL--National Environmental Research Laboratory
    NPS--National Pesticide Survey
    NTIS--National Technical Information Service
    NTNCWS--non-transient non-community water system
    NTTAA--National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act
    OGWDW--Office of Ground Water and Drinking Water
    OMB--Office of Management and Budget
    PAH--Poly-aromatic hydrocarbon
    PB--particle beam
    PBMS--Performance-Based Measurement System
    pCi/L--picocuries per liter
    PCR--polymerase chain reaction
    
    [[Page 50557]]
    
    210Pb--Lead-210 (also Pb-210), a lead isotope and 
    radionuclide; part of the uranium decay series
    210Po--Polonium-210 (also Po-210), a polonium isotope and 
    radionuclide; part of the uranium decay series
    PWS--Public Water System
    PWSF--Public Water System Facility
    QA--quality assurance
    QC--quality control
    RDX--royal demolition explosive, hexahydro-1,3,5-trinitro-1,3,5-
    triazine
    RFA--Regulatory Flexibility Act
    RPD--relative percent difference
    RSD--relative standard deviation
    SBREFA--Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act
    SD--standard deviation
    SDWA--Safe Drinking Water Act
    SDWIS--Safe Drinking Water Information System
    SDWIS FED--the Federal Safe Drinking Water Information System
    SM--Standard Methods
    SMF--Standard Compliance Monitoring Framework
    SMS--sample matrix spike
    SOC--synthetic organic compound
    SPE--solid phase extraction, a laboratory method
    SRF--State Revolving Fund
    STORET--Storage and Retrieval System
    SW--surface water
    TBD--to be determined
    TNCWS--transient non-community water system
    UCMR--Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation/Rule
    UCM--Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring
    UMRA--Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995
    USEPA--United States Environmental Protection Agency
    UV--ultraviolet
    VOC--volatile organic compound
    g/L--micrograms per liter
    
    Preamble Outline
    
    I. Statutory Authority
    II. Major Program Revisions
    III. Regulatory Background
    IV. Process of Preparing the Final Rule
    V. Concise Description of Today's Action
        A. Which Systems Must Monitor
        B. System Monitoring Requirements
        C. System Reporting Requirements
        D. State and Tribal Participation
    VI. Final Changes in the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Program
        A. Revised List of Unregulated Contaminants to be Monitored
        1. Criteria for Selecting Contaminants for the UCMR
        (a) Revising the UCMR (1999) List
        (b) Regulatory Approach for the UCMR (1999) List
        (c) Analytical Methods Applicable to the UCMR (1999) List
        (i) Chemical Analytical Methods
        (ii) Microbiological Analytical Methods
        2. List of Contaminants To Be Monitored
        (a) Final UCMR (1999) List
        (b) Number of Contaminants on the UCMR (1999) List
        B. Public Water Systems Subject to the UCMR
        C. Type of Monitoring Required of Public Water Systems Based on 
    Listing Group
        1. Assessment Monitoring
        2. Screening Survey
        3. Pre-Screen Testing
        D. Monitoring Requirements Under the Final UCMR
        1. Monitoring Frequency
        (a) Systems Serving More Than 10,000 Persons
        (i) Chemical Contaminants.
        (ii) Microbiological Contaminants.
        (b) Systems Serving 10,000 or Fewer Persons
        2. Monitoring Time for Vulnerable Period
        3. Monitoring Location
        (a) Chemical Contaminants
        (b) Microbiological Contaminants
        4. Quality Control Procedures for Sampling and Testing
        5. Monitoring of Routinely Tested Water Quality Parameters
        6. Relation to Compliance Monitoring Requirements
        7. Previous Monitoring of the Contaminants on the Final UCMR 
    (1999) List
        E. Waivers
        1. Waivers for Systems Serving More than 10,000 Persons
        2. Waivers for Small Systems in State Plans
        F. Representative Sample of Systems Serving 10,000 or Fewer 
    Persons
        1. System Size
        2. System Type
        (a) Public Water System Monitoring
        (b) Nontransient Non-Community Water Systems
        (c) Transient Non-Community Systems
        3. Geographic Location
        4. Likelihood of Finding Contaminants
        5. State Plans for the Representative Sample
        (a) Representative State Plans
        (b) Systems Selected for Pre-Screen Testing
        (c) Tribal Water Systems
        (d) ``Index'' Systems
        (e) Other State Data
        G. Reporting of Monitoring Results
        1. Reporting Requirements (Data Elements)
        2. Reporting to the Primacy Agency
        3. Timing of Reporting
        4. Method of Reporting
        5. Public Notification of Availability of Results
    VII. Section-by-Section Analysis of Public Comment and EPA Response
        A. Section 141.35--Reporting of Unregulated Contaminant 
    Monitoring Results
        1. Does this reporting apply to me?
        2. To whom must I report?
        3. When do I report monitoring results?
        4. What information must I report?
        5. How must I report this information?
        6. Can the laboratory to which I send samples report the results 
    for me?
        7. Can I report previously collected data to meet the testing 
    and reporting requirements for the contaminants in 
    Sec. 141.40(a)(3)?
        B. Sec. 141.40--Monitoring Requirements for Unregulated 
    Contaminants
        1. Requirements for Owners and Operators of Public Water Systems
        (a) Do I have to monitor for unregulated contaminants?
        (b) How would I be selected for the monitoring under the State 
    Monitoring Plan, the screening survey, or the pre-screen testing?
        (c) For which contaminants must I monitor?
        (d) What general monitoring requirements must I follow for List 
    1 monitoring?
        (e) What specific sampling and quality control requirements must 
    I follow for monitoring of List 1 contaminants?
        (i) All systems
        (ii) Large systems
        (A) Timeframe
        (B) Frequency
        (C) Location
        (D) Sampling instructions
        (E) Testing and analytical methods
        (F) Sampling deviations
        (G) Testing
        (iii) Small systems that are part of the State Monitoring Plan
        (A) Frequency
        (B) Location
        (C) Sampling deviations
        (D) Sample kits
        (E) Sampling instructions
        (F) Duplicate samples
        (G) Sampling forms
        (H) Sample submission
        (f) What additional requirements must I follow if my system is 
    selected as an Index system?
        (g) What must I do if my system is selected for the Screening 
    Survey or Pre-Screen Testing?
        (h) What is a violation of this rule?
        2. Requirements for State and Tribal Participation
        (a) How can I as the director of a State or Tribal drinking 
    water program participate in unregulated contaminant monitoring, 
    including the State Monitoring Plan for small systems, and the 
    Screening Survey and Pre-Screen Testing of all systems?
        (b) What if I decide not to enter into an MOA?
        (c) Can I add contaminants to the Unregulated Contaminant 
    Monitoring List?
        (d) Can I waive monitoring requirements?
        C. Appendix A--Quality Control Requirements for Testing All 
    Samples Collected
        D. Sec. 142.15--Reports by States
        E. Sec. 142.16--Special primacy requirements
    VIII. General Issues From Public Comment and EPA Response
        A. Data Quality
        B. EPA Funding for Small System Testing
        C. Lab Certification
        D. Research
        E. Regulation Format
        F. Voluntary Data Submittal
    IX. Other Changes Related to the Regulation
        A. Implementation of the Rule
        1. Setting an Effective Date.
        2. Analytical Methods for the Testing Program.
        3. Testing Program for Large Systems.
        4. Testing Program for Small Systems.
        5. Continued Development of Analytical Methods.
        6. Determining the Representative National Sample and State 
    Monitoring Plans.
    
    [[Page 50558]]
    
        7. Specifying the Vulnerable Monitoring Period.
        8. Conducting the Sampling.
        9. Establishing Sampling Points.
        10. Large Systems.
        11. Systems in State Monitoring Plans.
        12. Screening Survey.
        13. Pre-Screen Testing.
        14. Testing.
        15. Reporting Requirements.
        16. Record Keeping.
        17. Previously Collected Data.
        18. Modifying the Monitoring List.
        B. Implementation in Indian Country
        C. Performance-based Measurement System
    X. Guidance Manuals
    XI Costs and Benefits of the Rule
        A. Program Cost Estimates
        1. Assumptions: Assessment Monitoring
        2. Estimated Average Annual Cost for 5-Year Program: Assessment 
    Monitoring Only
        B. Estimated Net Costs
        C. Benefits
    XII. Administrative Requirements
        A. Executive Order 12866--Regulatory Planning and Review
        B. Executive Order 13045--Protection of Children From 
    Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks
        C. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
        D. Paperwork Reduction Act
        E. Regulatory Flexibility Act
        1. Full Assessment Monitoring Implementation Scenario
        2. Limited Implementation Scenario
        F. National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act
        G. Executive Order 12898--Federal Actions to Address 
    Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income 
    Populations
        H. Federalism Executive Orders
        I. Executive Order 13084--Consultation and Coordination with 
    Indian Tribal Governments
        J. Congressional Review Act
    XIII. Public Involvement in Regulation Development
    XIV. References
    
    Potentially Regulated Entities
    
        The regulated entities are public water systems. All large 
    community and non-transient non-community water systems serving more 
    than 10,000 persons are required to monitor. A community water system 
    (CWS) means a public water system which serves at least 15 service 
    connections used by year-round residents or regularly serves at least 
    25 year-round residents. Non-transient non-community water system 
    (NTNCWS) means a public water system that is not a community water 
    system and that regularly serves at least 25 of the same persons over 6 
    months per year. Only a national representative sample of community and 
    non-transient non-community systems serving 10,000 or fewer persons 
    would be required to monitor. Transient non-community systems (i.e., 
    systems that do not regularly serve at least 25 of the same persons 
    over six months per year) would not be required to monitor. States, 
    Territories, and Tribes, with primacy to administer the regulatory 
    program for public water systems under the Safe Drinking Water Act 
    sometimes conduct analyses to measure for contaminants in water samples 
    and are regulated by this action. Categories and entities potentially 
    regulated by this action include the following:
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Category                         Examples of potentially regulated entities            SIC
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    State, Territorial and Tribal Governments..  States, Territories, and Tribes that analyze water             9511
                                                  samples on behalf of public water systems required to
                                                  conduct such analysis; States, Territories, and
                                                  Tribes that themselves operate community and non-
                                                  transient non-community water systems required to
                                                  monitor.
    Industry...................................  Private operators of community and non-transient non-          4941
                                                  community water systems required to monitor.
    Municipalities.............................  Municipal operators of community and non-transient non-        9511
                                                  community water systems required to monitor.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        This table is not intended to be exhaustive, but rather provides a 
    guide for readers regarding entities likely to be regulated by this 
    action. This table lists the types of entities that EPA is now aware of 
    that could potentially be regulated by this action. Other types of 
    entities not listed in the table could also be regulated. If you have 
    questions regarding the applicability of this action to a particular 
    entity, consult the person listed in the preceding FOR FURTHER 
    INFORMATION CONTACT section.
    
    I. Statutory Authority
    
        SDWA section 1445(a)(2), as amended in 1996, requires EPA to 
    establish criteria for a program to monitor unregulated contaminants 
    and to publish, by August 6, 1999, a list of contaminants to be 
    monitored. To meet these requirements, today's rule EPA substantially 
    revises the existing Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring (UCM) Program, 
    which is codified at 40 CFR 141.40. This final rule revises the 
    regulations at 40 CFR 9.1, 141.35, 141.40, 142.16 and deletes and 
    reserves 142.15(c)(3). The rule covers: (1) the frequency and schedule 
    for monitoring, based on PWS size, water source, and likelihood of 
    finding contaminants; (2) a new, shorter list of contaminants for which 
    systems will monitor; (3) procedures for selecting and monitoring a 
    nationally representative sample of small PWSs (those serving 10,000 or 
    fewer persons), and; (4) procedures for entering the monitoring data in 
    the National Drinking Water Contaminant Occurrence Data Base (NCOD), as 
    required under section 1445.
    
    II. Major Program Revisions
    
        Since its inception in 1988, the UCM Program has collected 
    occurrence data to help EPA determine which contaminants EPA should 
    regulate based on contaminant concentrations in PWSs and the 
    contaminants' adverse health effects levels. Today's rule is designed 
    to improve and enhance this program in several important ways:
        (1) A statistical approach to select only 800 representative 
    systems for monitoring from the national total of 65,600 small systems 
    reduces the monitoring burden of the water supply industry; the burden 
    on small systems is significantly further reduced in that EPA will pay 
    for virtually all of the costs associated with monitoring for the small 
    systems that are part of the representative sample;
        (2) A smaller number of contaminants to be monitored also reduces 
    the testing and reporting burden of the water industry overall;
        (3) The required information to be reported about each contaminant 
    has been refined to improve the data quality for regulatory decisions; 
    and
        (4) Direct reporting of data for regulatory determination and 
    development from systems to EPA reduces State reporting burden, and the 
    opportunity for electronic reporting reduces the potential for data 
    entry and submission.
        A three-tier monitoring approach allows monitoring to start 
    promptly for contaminants with approved analytical methods, while 
    accommodating the need to delay implementation for contaminants needing 
    further methods development. The rule also allows use of a State-EPA 
    Memorandum of
    
    [[Page 50559]]
    
    Agreement, providing direct implementation in each State rather than 
    implementation through primacy revisions, to address the three-tiered 
    approach of the UCMR.
        This program is a cornerstone of the ``sound science'' approach to 
    future drinking water regulations, which is a goal of the 1996 SDWA 
    Amendments. Data generated by this final rule will be used to: (1) 
    evaluate and prioritize contaminants on the Contaminant Candidate List 
    (CCL) and refine the CCL; (2) support the Administrator's determination 
    of whether to regulate a contaminant under the drinking water program; 
    and, (3) support the development of drinking water regulations.
        In a related, cost-savings action, EPA published a Direct Final 
    Rule (64 FR 1494) on January 8, 1999, suspending the monitoring 
    requirements in effect for small systems serving 10,000 or fewer 
    persons. The third round of monitoring by small systems under the 
    existing list of unregulated contaminants would have overlapped with 
    the monitoring required under this final rule. The Direct Final Rule 
    saved small systems and States the cost of unnecessary monitoring. EPA 
    believes it obtained sufficient data from the previous monitoring 
    rounds to make decisions concerning the occurrence of the unregulated 
    contaminants on its prior monitoring list for these systems. Large 
    systems were not included in this Direct Final Rule since they had 
    already begun the third round of monitoring in January 1998. This large 
    system monitoring will provide confirming information on the occurrence 
    of those contaminants. However, this final regulation cancels further 
    monitoring by large systems for the existing list of contaminants 
    effective January 1, 2001. Until that date, large systems must continue 
    to monitor for the 48 contaminants listed in 40 CFR 141.40 (and also 
    listed in Table 1 of ``Revisions to the Unregulated Contaminant 
    Monitoring Regulation for Public Water Systems,'' Federal Register, 
    vol. 64, no. 83, April 30, 1999, p. 23401 (64 FR 23401)).
    
    III. Regulatory Background
    
        The requirements for unregulated contaminant monitoring were first 
    established by the 1986 SDWA Amendments. Under this law, EPA 
    implemented the drinking water standards in phases, with each phase 
    having a set of contaminants for which maximum contaminant levels in 
    drinking water were established. The phases also included unregulated 
    contaminants for which more information was needed before decisions 
    could be made regarding regulation of the contaminants. EPA included 
    unregulated contaminant monitoring requirements in the Phase I chemical 
    regulation, under 40 CFR 141.40(a)-(e). The Phase II regulation later 
    superceded the Phase I rule, and some of the Phase I unregulated 
    contaminants became regulated under Phase II. Additional contaminants 
    were also added to the list of unregulated contaminants. The Phase V 
    chemical regulation further modified the list of contaminants, as 
    additional unregulated contaminants became regulated.
        The basic monitoring and reporting requirements for unregulated 
    contaminants were the same under the Phase I, Phase II, and Phase V 
    regulations. PWSs were required to report their monitoring results to 
    the primacy agencies (either the State or EPA), with States, in turn, 
    reporting to EPA. Only systems serving fewer than 150 service 
    connections were exempt from monitoring--provided they made their 
    facilities available for monitoring by the States. Repeat monitoring 
    was required every 5 years.
        Section 125 of the 1996 SDWA Amendments substantially revised 
    unregulated contaminant monitoring program. The new program includes: 
    (1) a new list of contaminants (i.e., the Unregulated Contaminant 
    Monitoring Regulation (UCMR) (1999) List; (2) a representative sample 
    of PWSs serving 10,000 or fewer persons to monitor; (3) placement of 
    the monitoring data in the NCOD, and; (4) notification of consumers 
    that the monitoring results are available.
        The 1996 amendments limit the number of contaminants to be 
    monitored on the UCMR list to a maximum of 30. The amendments specify 
    that only a representative sample of small systems are required to 
    monitor, and that EPA must pay the reasonable costs of analyzing the 
    samples taken by those systems. EPA will use the data generated by this 
    monitoring effort in the development of future drinking water 
    regulations.
        Today's final rule will completely replace the requirements of the 
    existing rule on the final rule's effective date of January 1, 2001. 
    The existing requirements of 40 CFR 141.35 and 141.40 still apply to 
    large systems serving more than 10,000 persons, (since their third 
    round of monitoring had begun in January 1998) until January 1, 2001, 
    as noted above in II. Major Program Revisions.
    
    IV. Process of Preparing the Final Rule
    
        EPA has been developing the final revisions to the Unregulated 
    Contaminant Monitoring Regulation (UCMR) for public water systems since 
    1997. In December, 1997, EPA's UCMR development workgroup held a 
    stakeholders meeting to obtain input from the public on major issues 
    and options affecting the program and emanating from the Safe Drinking 
    Water Act, as amended in 1996. EPA held a second stakeholders meeting 
    in May 1998, on options under serious consideration for the UCMR. EPA 
    engaged eleven external expert reviewers from March 1 through April 22, 
    1999 to examine and comment on the technical aspects of the proposed 
    rule. These technical reviewers evaluated and commented on the chemical 
    and microbiological contaminant analytical methods and reporting 
    requirements, the statistical approach for the representative sample of 
    small systems, and the sampling and monitoring approach. The comments 
    of the technical reviewers were available to the public through the 
    official docket and on the Internet through EPA's Office of Ground 
    Water and Drinking Water electronic homepage.
        EPA published the proposed rule in the Federal Register on April 
    30, 1999, for public comment. The comment period closed on June 14, 
    with submissions from 39 commenters meeting the deadline and addressing 
    all major aspects of the proposed regulation. EPA received one hundred 
    sixteen comments after the public comment period closed, principally 
    concerning the inclusion of perchlorate on the UCMR monitoring list. 
    EPA considered and addressed all comments in the process of developing 
    this final regulation.
    
    V. Concise Description of Today's Action
    
    A. Which Systems Must Monitor
    
        Owners and operators of community and non-transient noncommunity 
    water systems must monitor for unregulated contaminants if they serve 
    more than 10,000 persons or if they are part of the representative 
    sample of small systems serving 10,000 or fewer persons that will be 
    randomly selected to monitor for these contaminants. Transient systems 
    are not required to monitor for unregulated contaminants. Only 
    purchased water systems that are identified by EPA or the State to 
    sample at locations of low disinfectant residual or longest residence 
    time are required to monitor for distribution system contaminants.
    
    [[Page 50560]]
    
    B. System Monitoring Requirements
    
        The contaminants included in this action are: 2,4-dinitrotoluene, 
    2,6-dinitrotoluene, DCPA mono acid degradate, DCPA di acid degradate, 
    4,4'-DDE, EPTC, molinate, MTBE, nitrobenzene, terbacil, acetochlor, and 
    perchlorate. Systems must also analyze for water quality parameters 
    including, for chemical contaminants: pH; and for microbiological 
    contaminants: pH, temperature, turbidity, free disinfectant residual 
    and total disinfectant residual. Surface water systems must monitor 
    during four consecutive quarters. Ground water systems must monitor two 
    times five to seven months apart. One sampling event for surface and 
    ground water systems must be during the vulnerable time of May 1 to 
    July 31, or during an alternate vulnerable time selected by the State. 
    Monitoring must be conducted at the entry point to the distribution 
    system, or at other sampling locations previously specified by the 
    State for compliance monitoring, for sampling points representative of 
    each principal, non-emergency water source in use over the one year of 
    monitoring. Large and small systems must monitor according to the 
    quality control procedures described. Laboratories that are certified 
    to use the indicated methods for the contaminants listed are 
    automatically certified to analyze for unregulated contaminants. Small 
    systems that are part of the representative sample which become part of 
    State Monitoring Plans must follow instructions given them for 
    unregulated contaminant sampling and shipment to the designated 
    laboratory.
    
    C. System Reporting Requirements
    
        After testing for the contaminants on the monitoring list, the 
    systems must report the results electronically to, or in an alternate 
    format previously arranged with, EPA within 30 days following the month 
    they receive the results. EPA will report the results for the small 
    systems that are selected to be part of the State Monitoring Plans. EPA 
    will hold the data for 60 days to allow for quality control review by 
    systems and States before placing the data in the National Drinking 
    Water Contaminant Occurrence Database.
        Data required to be reported include: Public Water System (PWS) 
    Identification Number; Sample Identification Number; Sample Collection 
    Date; Contaminant/Parameter; Analytical Results--Sign; Analytical 
    Result--Value; Analytical Result--Unit of Measure; Analytical Method 
    Number; Public Water System Facility Identification Number--Source, 
    Treatment Plant and Sampling Point; Sample Analysis Type; Detection 
    Level; Detection Level Unit of Measure; Batch Identification Number; 
    Spiking Concentration; Analytical Precision; Analytical Accuracy; 
    Presence/Absence.
        A system can have a laboratory report the results for it, but the 
    system retains the responsibility for reporting. A system can report 
    previously collected data as long as the data meet the requirements 
    specified in 40 CFR 141.40(a) (3), (4), (5) and Appendix A and include 
    the applicable water quality parameters and data listed previously that 
    are required to be reported.
    
    D. State and Tribal Participation
    
        States and Tribes can enter into a Memorandum of Agreement (MOA) 
    with the EPA concerning the implementation of the monitoring program. 
    The MOA must address the following: accepting or modifying the State 
    Monitoring Plan for small systems, determining an alternate vulnerable 
    time, modifying the timing of monitoring, identifying sampling points 
    for small systems, notifying small and large systems of their 
    monitoring responsibilities, and providing instructions to systems. A 
    State can remove a system from the State Monitoring Plan, after EPA 
    review, as long as removal is not based on prior information on the 
    occurrence or non-occurrence of contaminants at the system or the 
    vulnerability of the system to the contaminants. States can decide not 
    to participate in an MOA, in which case the EPA will establish a State 
    Monitoring Plan. The governors of seven or more States can petition EPA 
    to add contaminants to the monitoring list. States can apply to EPA to 
    waive monitoring for large systems if they can demonstrate that the 
    contaminants for which a monitoring waiver is sought have not occurred 
    in the State in the past 15 years.
    
    VI. Final Changes in the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Program
    
    A. Revised List of Unregulated Contaminants To Be Monitored
    
    1. Criteria for Selecting Contaminants for the UCMR
    (a) Revising the UCMR (1999) List
        Section 1445(a)(2)(B) requires EPA to list not more than 30 
    unregulated contaminants to be monitored by public water systems. EPA 
    used the 1998 Contaminant Candidate List (CCL), established under 
    section 1412(b)(1)(B) of SDWA, as the primary basis for selecting 
    contaminants for future monitoring under the UCMR. Development of the 
    CCL is discussed in the preamble to the proposed rule at 64 FR 23402. 
    EPA believes, and nearly all public commenters addressing the use of 
    the CCL as the basis for the UCMR List indicated, that the CCL process 
    already uses the best available information on contaminants of concern 
    and emerging contaminants that may need regulation. SDWA section 1445 
    (a)(2)(B)(ii) provides for the governors of seven or more States to 
    petition the Agency to add contaminants to the UCMR List. This petition 
    process allows for the flexibility to include contaminants that are 
    emerging as concerns between the five-year listing cycles.
        The CCL lists 26 chemical and 8 microbiological contaminants as 
    occurrence priorities because additional data on their occurrence in 
    drinking water are needed to help decide whether they should be 
    regulated. The proposed rule did not address the two contaminants 
    identified in the preparation of the CCL as highly localized in 
    occurrence: perchlorate and RDX (hexahydro-1,3,5-trinitro-1,3,5-
    triazine). EPA now has information indicating that the occurrence of 
    these contaminants is more widespread than originally thought. In 
    response to this information, some of which was provided in public 
    comments, EPA has added perchlorate and RDX to the final UCMR (1999) 
    List. Perchlorate was added to the UCMR (1999) List because EPA feels 
    that there is enough information on its occurrence in public water 
    systems to warrant its inclusion in a national monitoring program. 
    Since it was not included on the proposed UCMR (1999) List, EPA did not 
    take comment on its analytical method, minimum reporting level, or 
    sampling location. EPA is currently engaged in final validation of an 
    analytical method for perchlorate. This validation is important because 
    earlier analytical methods did not make adjustments for interferences 
    from sulfate and chloride, thus reducing or eliminating detected 
    concentrations. EPA feels that with this validation, the analytical 
    method should be sufficiently ready for monitoring, and thus EPA has 
    included perchlorate on the UCMR List 1. EPA plans to publish, for 
    public comment, the analytical method, minimum reporting level, and 
    sampling location for perchlorate shortly after the promulgation of 
    this final rule. RDX now appears on UCMR (1999) List 2, indicating that 
    additional information is available, and initial monitoring of 
    occurrence in public water systems should occur but that its method 
    needs further refinement.
    
    [[Page 50561]]
    
        Additionally, based on technical peer review and public comments, 
    EPA moved Aeromonas from UCMR (1999) List 1 to UCMR (1999) List 2 in 
    Table 1, because its analytical method is not expected to be validated 
    until 2000 or 2001. Also, in response to public comments that the 
    Agency include as many contaminants that could be tested under the same 
    multi-analyte method as possible in Assessment Monitoring, EPA moved 
    acetochlor to List 1 from List 2. This action is based on information 
    that only minor refinements are needed in the method and those can be 
    resolved before the effective date of today's rule. As a result, the 
    analytical method is reserved until the details of the method are 
    resolved. EPA plans to publish a revision to this final rule to approve 
    an analytical method for acetochlor shortly after this rule's 
    promulgation. EPA will likely publish a joint request for public 
    comment on the analytical methods for perchlorate and acetochlor. EPA 
    intends to approve and publish the methods as early as possible to 
    allow monitoring to begin on January 1, 2001, and to allow for the 
    reporting of any data obtained prior to January 1, 2001 to meet the 
    requirements of this final Rule.
        For the remaining contaminants on the CCL Occurrence Priorities 
    List, EPA has evaluated the availability of analytical methods 
    published by EPA or voluntary consensus standards organizations, such 
    as the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) and Standard 
    Methods (SM). In addition, EPA prioritized analytical methods 
    development activities for those compounds and microorganisms for which 
    suitable analytical methods are not currently available. As listed in 
    List 1 of Table 1, EPA identified 10 of the 12 listed chemical 
    contaminants for which analytical methods are now available. UCMR 
    (1999) List 1 contaminants are those for which monitoring is required 
    under today's Rule, with the added note that analytical methods have 
    yet to be approved for perchlorate and acetochlor. UCMR (1999) List 2 
    of Table 1 lists 16 contaminants for which analytical methods are being 
    refined: 14 chemical contaminants, Aeromonas (a microorganism), and 
    polonium-210 (discussed in Table 1). UCMR (1999) List 3 of Table 1 
    identifies seven microbiological contaminants and lead-210 for which 
    analytical methods are being researched. Monitoring for contaminants on 
    UCMR (1999) Lists 2 and 3 is not required until EPA promulgates 
    revisions to this rule to specify analytical methods and related 
    sampling requirements for them.
        EPA requested comment on the addition to the UCMR (1999) List of 
    two naturally occurring radionuclides with health concerns at low 
    levels, lead-210 (pb-210), and polonium-210 (po-210). Both nuclides are 
    in the uranium decay series, which also includes radium-226 and radon-
    222. Lead-210, with a half-life of 22 years, and one of its degradates, 
    polonium-210, with a half-life of 138 days, have been found in drinking 
    water. EPA is aware of the occurrence of these contaminants in shallow 
    aquifers in Florida (Harada, et al., 1989; Upchurch, 1991), and in at 
    least two other States. Because of potential occurrence, consequent 
    health risks, and in response to public comments, EPA has added 
    polonium-210 and lead-210 to the UCMR (1999) List and has placed them 
    on Lists 2 and 3 respectively.
    (b) Regulatory Approach for the UCMR (1999) List
        EPA establishes in Sec. 141.40(a)(3) that the contaminants listed 
    in Lists 1-3 comprise the UCMR (1999) List, categorized based on the 
    availability of analytical methods. UCMR (1999) List 1 is the basis for 
    Assessment Monitoring. Assessment Monitoring will occur at all 2,774 
    large community and non-transient non-community public water systems 
    serving more than 10,000 persons and at a representative sample of 
    approximately 800 systems serving 10,000 or fewer persons identified in 
    State Monitoring Plans. UCMR (1999) List 2 will be the basis for two 
    Screening Surveys of approximately 300 systems each, statistically 
    selected from those systems required to conduct Assessment Monitoring. 
    UCMR (1999) List 3 will be used for Pre-Screen Testing at up to 200 
    systems selected because of their potential vulnerability to the 
    specific contaminants. This monitoring approach is described in detail 
    under Section VI.C, ``Type of Monitoring Required of Public Water 
    Systems Based on Listing Group.'' Assessment Monitoring (and associated 
    ``Index system'' monitoring) is the only monitoring that would be 
    required by today's action. This includes contaminants for which EPA 
    expects to have developed analytical methods before implementation: 
    perchlorate and acetochlor.
        For contaminants on UCMR (1999) List 2 for which analytical methods 
    are developed by the time of initial monitoring in 2001, EPA will amend 
    this rule to require the first Screening Survey to be conducted at 
    selected systems. For those contaminants on List 2 and List 3 that do 
    not have well developed methods by the time of initial monitoring in 
    2001, EPA will issue a revision to this regulation to activate 
    monitoring for them at the time when the methods are considered 
    implementable, up to the limit of 30 contaminants to be monitored 
    within the five-year contaminant listing cycle. Monitoring for those 
    contaminants will then begin at a date specified in that prospective 
    regulation. Therefore, monitoring of contaminants on UCMR (1999) Lists 
    2 and 3 is not required by today's action. Monitoring of these 
    contaminants will only occur when EPA publishes a revision to this 
    regulation specifying the analytical methods to be used and the period 
    during which monitoring is to be completed.
    (c) Analytical Methods Applicable to the UCMR (1999) List
        The UCMR (1999) List development process focuses primarily on the 
    availability of analytical methods for the listed contaminants and the 
    level of information available for them at the time of its development. 
    The discussion below highlights analytical method considerations in 
    listing the contaminants for monitoring. Only the contaminants 
    identified on UCMR (1999) List 1, will be monitored as a result of 
    today's action, with the exceptions of perchlorate and acetochlor, for 
    which analytical methods have yet to be approved. Contaminants on UCMR 
    (1999) Lists 2 and 3 are included on the final UCMR (1999) List, but 
    will not be activated for monitoring until EPA proposes and promulgates 
    analytical methods that can be used to reliably measure their 
    occurrence in drinking water. At that time, EPA will propose 
    regulations for the monitoring of UCMR (1999) List 2 and 3 
    contaminants.
    (i) Chemical Analytical Methods
        The ability to correctly identify a chemical contaminant is 
    directly related to the type of chemical and the analytical method 
    used. Compounds such as disinfection byproducts are far less likely to 
    be misidentified than pesticides because they are typically present at 
    relatively high concentrations in disinfected waters, while pesticides 
    are much less likely to occur, or occur at lower concentrations. The 
    analytical method selected will determine the accuracy of the 
    qualitative identification. In general, the most reliable qualitative 
    identifications will come from methods that use mass spectral data for 
    contaminant identification. However, these methods are typically less 
    sensitive than methods that rely on less selective detectors.
    
    [[Page 50562]]
    
        Before EPA establishes a Maximum Contaminant Level (MCL), the 
    Agency relies on an analytical method suitable for routine monitoring. 
    It is likely that analytical methods in general use by laboratories 
    performing drinking water analyses may not exist for some of the final 
    compounds to be measured in the UCMR program. Complex analytical 
    methods or methods requiring special handling often require more 
    experienced laboratories than the laboratories performing routine 
    compliance monitoring. Even when analytical methods that are in general 
    use by analytical laboratories are available, limiting the analyses to 
    a small number of laboratories operating under strict quality control 
    requirements improves the precision and accuracy of the analyses, 
    thereby increasing the usefulness of the data.
        The option favored by many stakeholders for conducting the chemical 
    laboratory analyses and made final today by EPA is the following:
        For PWSs serving more than 10,000 people, the PWS is responsible 
    for sample collection and analyses for Assessment Monitoring. This 
    monitoring may be conducted at the same time as the required compliance 
    monitoring, to the extent possible. For Assessment Monitoring, however, 
    EPA requires in Sec. 141.40(a)(3) and Sec. 141.40 Appendix A, quality 
    control procedures for both sampling and testing to ensure that the 
    data collected under this regulation are of sufficient quality to meet 
    the requirements of the related regulatory decisions. Thus, today's 
    action specifies the analytical methods and procedures to be used in 
    obtaining these data. The sampling and associated quality control 
    requirements cover time frame, frequency, sample collection and 
    submission, and review and reporting of results. The laboratory 
    analytical quality control requirements address the use of a certified 
    laboratory, sample collection/preservation, analytical methods, method 
    detection limits, calibration, quality control samples, method 
    performance tests, detection confirmation, and reporting. PWSs serving 
    10,000 or fewer persons must send their Assessment Monitoring samples 
    to laboratories designated by EPA, since the Agency must pay for the 
    reasonable costs of testing.
        The purpose of the quality control requirements is to ensure that, 
    since EPA will only be able to obtain results from 3,574 systems (2,774 
    large systems and a representative sample of 800 systems from 65,600 
    systems serving 10,000 or fewer persons), the Agency obtains the most 
    reliable data possible. EPA is specifying the use of certain analytical 
    methods that are currently available for monitoring (see Table 3, UCMR 
    (1999) List, column 3). While these methods are routinely used by 
    commercial and public water system laboratories (including some that 
    are currently used for compliance monitoring), they have not been 
    routinely used for the contaminants on the UCMR (1999) List. Note that, 
    as shown in Sec. 141.40(a)(3), Table 1, methods other than those that 
    EPA has developed may be approved for use, but quality control 
    procedures must also be followed, as specified in Sec. 141.40(a)(3), 
    (4) and (5), and Appendix A.
        For the compounds included in this regulation, the following 
    summary, Table 1, Status of Analytical Methods for Chemical 
    Contaminants on the UCMR (1999) List, presents a brief overview of 
    methods availability for each chemical contaminant.
    
                Table 1.--Status of Analytical Methods for Chemical Contaminants on the UCMR (1999) List
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        CAS No.       Analytical methods             Status of availability
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     
                                        UCMR (1999) List 1--Chemical Contaminant
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    2,4-dinitrotoluene............        121-14-2  EPA 525.2............  Method is adequate for monitoring.
    2,6-dinitrotoluene............        606-20-2  EPA 525.2............  Method is adequate for monitoring.
    4,4'-DDE......................         72-55-9  EPA 508..............  Methods are adequate for monitoring.
                                                    EPA 508.1............
                                                    EPA 525.2............
                                                    D5812-96.............
                                                    AOAC 990.06..........
    Acetochlor....................      34256-82-1  In validation process  EPA anticipates that this compound can be
                                                                            added to the scope of EPA Method 525.2.
    DCPA di acid degradate........       2136-79-0  EPA 515.1............  No method is available to measure the
                                                    EPA 515.2............   mono and di acid forms separately. All
                                                    D5317-93.............   of the approved methods identify total
                                                    AOAC 992.32..........   mono and di acid forms.
    DCPA mono acid degradate......        887-54-7  EPA 515.1............  No method is available to measure the
                                                    EPA 515.2............   mono and di acid forms separately. All
                                                    D5317-93.............   of the approved methods identify total
                                                    AOAC 992.32..........   mono and di acid forms.
    EPTC..........................        759-94-4  EPA 507..............  Methods are adequate for monitoring.
                                                    EPA 525.2............
                                                    D5475-93.............
                                                    AOAC 991.07..........
    Molinate......................       2212-67-1  EPA 507..............  Methods are adequate for monitoring.
                                                    EPA 525.2............
                                                    D5475-93.............
                                                    AOAC 991.07..........
    MTBE..........................       1634-04-4  EPA 524.2............  Methods are adequate for monitoring.
                                                    D5790-95.............
                                                    SM6210D..............
                                                    SM6200B..............
    Nitrobenzene..................         98-95-3  EPA 524.2............  Methods are adequate for monitoring.
                                                    D5790-95.............
                                                    SM6210D..............
                                                    SM6200B..............
    
    [[Page 50563]]
    
     
    Perchlorate...................      14797-73-0  In validation process  EPA is currently conducting analytical
                                                                            methods development to support the
                                                                            analyses of perchlorate. This new method
                                                                            will be based on the currently available
                                                                            ion chromatography methods, but will
                                                                            include a criteria detailing when a
                                                                            laboratory must perform a sample clean-
                                                                            up procedure to minimize the impact of
                                                                            elevated concentrations of chloride,
                                                                            sulfate or other dissolved solids.
    Terbacil......................       5902-51-2  EPA 507..............  Methods are adequate for monitoring.
                                                    EPA 525.2............
                                                    D5475-93.............
                                                    AOAC 991.07..........
     UCMR (1999) List 2--Chemical
              Contaminant
    1,2-diphenylhydrazine.........        122-66-7  In development.......  Some methods evaluated but inadequate for
                                                                            monitoring. Priority for analytical
                                                                            method development. EPA anticipates that
                                                                            contaminant will be added to the scope
                                                                            of EPA Method 525.2.
    2,4,6-trichlorophenol.........         88-06-2  In development.......  EPA Method 552 evaluated but subject to
                                                                            false positives from interferences of
                                                                            the derivitized byproduct of the
                                                                            contaminant. EPA anticipates that
                                                                            contaminant will be included in a new
                                                                            SPE/GC/MS method currently under
                                                                            development.
    2,4-dichlorophenol............        120-83-2  In development.......  EPA Method 552 evaluated but subject to
                                                                            quantitative uncertainty due to
                                                                            inadequate derivatization of the
                                                                            contaminant. EPA anticipates that
                                                                            contaminant will be included in a new
                                                                            SPE/GC/MS method currently under
                                                                            development.
    2,4-dinitrophenol.............         51-28-5  In development.......  Some methods evaluated but inadequate for
                                                                            monitoring. EPA anticipates that
                                                                            contaminant will be included in a new
                                                                            SPE/GC/MS method currently under
                                                                            development.
    2-methylphenol................         95-48-7  In development.......  Some methods evaluated but inadequate for
                                                                            monitoring. EPA anticipates that
                                                                            contaminant will be included in a new
                                                                            SPE/GC/MS method currently under
                                                                            development.
    Alachlor ESA and degradation    ..............  To be determined.....  EPA is evaluating which specific
     byproducts of acetanilide                                              contaminants will be included within
     pesticides.                                                            this group of compounds. Analytical
                                                                            methods will be determined for the
                                                                            targeted contaminants.
    Diazinon......................        333-41-5  In development.......  Diazinon is listed as a contaminant in
                                                                            several EPA and voluntary consensus
                                                                            standard organization methods but it is
                                                                            subject to rapid aqueous degradation.
                                                                            Preservation research currently being
                                                                            conducted to develop a preservation
                                                                            technique that would permit adding this
                                                                            compound to EPA Method 525.2.
    Disulfoton....................        298-04-4  In development.......  Disulfoton is listed as a contaminant in
                                                                            several EPA and voluntary consensus
                                                                            standard organization methods but it is
                                                                            subject to rapid aqueous degradation.
                                                                            Preservation research currently being
                                                                            conducted to develop a preservation
                                                                            technique that would permit adding this
                                                                            compound to EPA Method 525.2.
    Diuron........................        330-54-1  In development.......  While this compound is included in the
                                                                            scope of NPS Method 4 (LLE/HLPC/UV) and
                                                                            EPA Method 553 (SPE/HPLC/MS), these
                                                                            methods are not adequate for this
                                                                            monitoring. EPA anticipates that this
                                                                            compound can be included in a new SPE/
                                                                            HPLC/UV method currently being
                                                                            developed.
    Fonofos.......................        944-22-9  In development.......  Fonofos is listed as a contaminant in
                                                                            several EPA and voluntary consensus
                                                                            standard organization methods but it is
                                                                            subject to rapid aqueous degradation.
                                                                            Preservation research is currently being
                                                                            conducted to develop a preservation
                                                                            technique that would permit adding this
                                                                            compound to EPA Method 525.2.
    Linuron.......................        330-55-2  In development.......  While this compound is included in the
                                                                            scope of NPS Method 4 (LLE/HLPC/UV) and
                                                                            EPA Method 553 (SPE/HPLC/MS), these
                                                                            methods are not adequate for this
                                                                            monitoring. EPA anticipates that this
                                                                            compound can be included in a new SPE/
                                                                            HPLC/UV method currently being
                                                                            developed.
    Polonium-210 (210Po)..........      13981-52-7  In development.......  Radiochemistry laboratory capacity is
                                                                            limited.
    
    [[Page 50564]]
    
     
    Prometon......................       1610-18-0  In development.......  Prometon is listed as a contaminant in
                                                                            several EPA and voluntary consensus
                                                                            standard organization methods but it is
                                                                            subject to rapid aqueous degradation in
                                                                            non-acidified samples and is not readily
                                                                            extracted in acidified samples.
                                                                            Preservation research is currently being
                                                                            conducted to add neutralizing the pH of
                                                                            acidified samples just prior to
                                                                            extraction. This would permit adding
                                                                            this compound to EPA Method 525.2.
    RDX...........................        121-82-4  In development.......  No EPA or consensus methods organization
                                                                            analytical methods for the analysis of
                                                                            RDX in water are currently available.
    Terbufos......................      13071-79-9  In development.......  Terbufos is listed as a contaminant in
                                                                            several EPA and voluntary consensus
                                                                            standard organization methods but it is
                                                                            subject to rapid aqueous degradation.
                                                                            Preservation research is currently being
                                                                            conducted to develop a preservation
                                                                            technique that would permit adding this
                                                                            compound to EPA Method 525.2.
     UCMR (1999) List 3--Chemical
              Contaminant
    Lead-210 (210Pb)..............      14255-04-0  In development.......  Method is time-consuming and expensive.
                                                                            Radiochemistry laboratory capacity is
                                                                            limited.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    (ii) Microbiological Analytical Methods
        The discussion of data quality for chemical analytical methods also 
    applies to microbiological testing when analytical methods are 
    developed for CCL microorganisms. When microorganisms were proposed for 
    the CCL, EPA recognized that analytical methods were not well developed 
    for the majority of them. Because of the lack of available analytical 
    methods, some of the CCL microorganisms were grouped either into one 
    category where information was available about methodologies indicating 
    a need to further refine them, or another category where more research, 
    including research on detection methods and occurrence, was needed. At 
    the present time, and based on technical peer review and public 
    comment, Aeromonas is the only one of the microorganisms for which more 
    occurrence data are needed that also has an analytical method likely to 
    be sufficiently developed for monitoring in time for implementation of 
    the Screening Surveys. Three other microorganisms have methods 
    available, but are in need of further methods development. These 
    microorganisms (Cyanobacteria, Echoviruses, and Coxsackieviruses) may 
    be candidates for the Screening Surveys if methods development proceeds 
    expeditiously (Sec. 141.40(a)(3), Table 1, List 2), but are currently 
    identified for Pre-Screen Testing (Table 1, List 3). The remaining four 
    microorganisms currently lack satisfactory methods and will be 
    evaluated for Pre-Screen Testing.
        Several microorganisms on the CCL are actually groups of 
    microorganism taxa. In some cases, the taxa have so many members that, 
    given the limited resources available for UCMR monitoring, EPA may have 
    to prioritize which strains, species, or serotypes are the most 
    important to consider and target those for monitoring or further study. 
    Decisions will have to be made on the basis of health risk, 
    disinfection resistance, occurrence in water, and other factors. To 
    address the need to prioritize which microorganisms should be targeted 
    for monitoring, EPA's Office of Research and Development is assisting 
    the Office of Ground Water and Drinking Water in establishing a 
    research program for health effects, treatment, and analytical methods.
    
             Table 2.--Status of Analytical Methods for Microbiological Contaminants on the UCMR (1999) List
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          Availability of analytical
                                                    method                        Status of availability
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    List 2--Microbiological Contaminant
    Aeromonas..........................  Analytical method likely to  Current modification and evaluation of a
                                          be available for             published membrane filtration method
                                          monitoring.                  (Havelaar et al., 1987) indicates that this
                                                                       method will be suitable for the monitoring
                                                                       program.
    List 3--Microbiological Contaminant
    Cyanobacteria (blue-green algae,     Methods available but not    Methods are available for counting
     other freshwater algae and their     standardized.                cyanobacteria but new, standardized methods
     toxins).                                                          are needed for direct counts of targeted
                                                                       species with filtration methods or a counting
                                                                       chamber. Standardized analytical methods are
                                                                       also needed to detect the more important
                                                                       cyanobacterial toxins.
    Echoviruses........................  Methods available but not    Echoviruses can be cultured on BGM cells and
                                          standardized.                detected by the ICR method but require
                                                                       supplemental methods such as serological
                                                                       typing to distinguish echoviruses from other
                                                                       viruses. Cost of cell culture assays plus
                                                                       serotyping can be high. RT/PCR methods are
                                                                       subject to interferences and do not
                                                                       demonstrate infectivity. Combined cell
                                                                       culture and PCR, which demonstrates
                                                                       infectivity, may be considered.
    
    [[Page 50565]]
    
     
    Coxsackieviruses...................  Methods available but not    Group B coxsackieviruses are easy to grow in
                                          standardized.                tissue culture but group A coxsackievirus
                                                                       detection in cell culture is variable.
                                                                       Culturable coxsackieviruses can be detected
                                                                       with the ICR method but serological typing is
                                                                       needed to distinguish coxsackieviruses from
                                                                       other viruses. RT/PCR methods are subject to
                                                                       interferences and do not demonstrate
                                                                       infectivity. New, standardized methods are
                                                                       needed. Combined cell culture and PCR methods
                                                                       may be considered.
    Helicobacter pylori................  No suitable method           Helicobacter pylori is difficult to cultivate
                                          currently available.         because of its slow growth rate and the need
                                                                       for a low oxygen environment. No selective
                                                                       medium exists that will discriminate H.
                                                                       pylori from background bacteria. A culture-
                                                                       based method that demonstrates viability is
                                                                       preferred. Methods are needed for selective
                                                                       growth and identification. IMS has been used
                                                                       to concentrate Helicobacter pylori. Methods
                                                                       using PCR alone have been used but have not
                                                                       been validated by EPA. In general, PCR
                                                                       methods are not preferred due to
                                                                       interferences and their inability to
                                                                       demonstrate viability. A combined cultural
                                                                       and molecular method may be considered.
    Microsporidia......................  No suitable method           No methods are available for the monitoring of
                                          currently available.         the two species of human microsporidia which
                                                                       may have a waterborne route of transmission
                                                                       [Enterocytozoon bienuesi and Encephalitozoon
                                                                       (formerly Septata) intestinalis]. Spores
                                                                       could possibly be detected by methods similar
                                                                       to those being developed for Cryptosporidium
                                                                       parvum. Potential methods may utilize water
                                                                       filtration, clean-up with IMS, and detection
                                                                       using microscopy with either fluorescent
                                                                       antibody or gene probe procedures. Provided
                                                                       that procedures are validated by EPA, reverse-
                                                                       transcriptase (RT)--PCR techniques may be
                                                                       considered for monitoring, although PCR
                                                                       methods in general are not preferred at this
                                                                       time due to interferences and their inability
                                                                       to demonstrate viability. Due to the small
                                                                       size of microsporidia, problems could be
                                                                       encountered during filtration.
    Adenoviruses.......................  No suitable method           Adenoviruses serotypes 1 to 39 and 42 to 47
                                          currently available.         can be grown in tissue culture but enteric
                                                                       adenoviruses 40 to 41 are difficult to grow.
                                                                       Several selective tissue culture methods and
                                                                       detection methods have been reported. A
                                                                       selective, standardized method is needed for
                                                                       monitoring. PCR methods are not preferred, as
                                                                       they are subject to interferences and do not
                                                                       demonstrate infectivity. A combined cell
                                                                       culture and PCR method may be considered.
    Caliciviruses......................  No suitable method           No tissue culture methods exist for the two
                                          currently available.         genogroups of caliciviruses on the CCL (the
                                                                       Norwalk-like and the Snow Mountain-like
                                                                       agents). No sensitive or fully developed
                                                                       detection methods exist. PCR methods are not
                                                                       preferred, as they are subject to
                                                                       interferences and do not demonstrate
                                                                       infectivity. A combined cell culture and PCR
                                                                       method may be considered if a suitable cell
                                                                       line is found.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    2. List of Contaminants To Be Monitored
    (a) Final UCMR (1999) List
        Section 141.40 (a)(3) Table 1, Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring 
    Regulation (1999) List, presents EPA's list of unregulated contaminants 
    for monitoring under Section 1445(a)(2)(B)(i) of the 1996 Amendments 
    for the first five-year listing cycle. The monitoring program for these 
    contaminants is a three-tiered approach based on the availability of 
    information about each contaminant and the availability of analytical 
    methods for each contaminant. This approach is described in Section C., 
    Type of Monitoring Required of Public Water Systems Based on Listing 
    Group. The final monitoring program divides the listed unregulated 
    contaminants into three lists: List 1, for which Assessment Monitoring 
    will be required, List 2, designated for the Screening Surveys; and 
    List 3, designated for Pre-Screen Testing. Today's final regulation 
    only requires Assessment Monitoring for UCMR (1999) List 1 contaminants 
    beginning on January 1, 2001, with the exceptions of perchlorate and 
    acetochlor, for which analytical methods have not yet been approved 
    (but are planned to have monitoring begin on that date, also, after 
    rulemaking to specify their analytical methods). The monitoring for 
    contaminants on Lists 2 and 3 will only be required after EPA 
    promulgates further rules.
        Technical peer review and public comments strongly supported the 
    three-tier approach of the UCMR program. As a result, EPA requires in 
    today's action Assessment Monitoring for the contaminants on UCMR 
    (1999) List 1, because analytical methods for these contaminants 
    currently exist or will shortly be validated. EPA will shortly publish 
    a request for public comment on a revision to this final rule to 
    implement the analytical methods and other sampling requirements for 
    perchlorate and acetochlor. Also, by future rulemaking, EPA plans to 
    implement the Screening Survey (List 2) monitoring in groups of 
    contaminants, rather than one contaminant at a time, to minimize 
    sampling and testing costs since some of the contaminants may be tested 
    by the
    
    [[Page 50566]]
    
    same method. EPA intends to take a similar approach with the 
    contaminants on List 3, the Pre-Screen Testing. EPA plans to require, 
    through future rulemaking, Pre-Screen Testing for contaminants for 
    which EPA determines that new analytical methods can measure their 
    existence in locations where they are most likely to be found. All 
    analytical methods for contaminants on Lists 2 and 3 would be peer 
    reviewed, following EPA's policy for peer review, before the Agency 
    proposes regulations which would require public water systems to 
    monitor for them.
        In Sec. 141.40 (a)(3), Table 1, UCMR (1999) List 1 contaminants, 
    for Assessment Monitoring, are chemical contaminants for which 
    analytical methods capable of generating the quantity and quality of 
    data required under the UCMR are currently available, or expected to be 
    available shortly after today's final rule. Monitoring for these 
    contaminants is required under today's final UCMR, with the exceptions 
    of perchlorate and acetochlor, as noted.
        UCMR (1999) List 2 contaminants (14 organic chemicals, one 
    radiochemical and one microorganism), for the Screening Surveys, are 
    those for which EPA is currently refining analytical methods. 
    Development of these methods should be sufficient for Screening Surveys 
    to be conducted in the first three years of the listing cycle, but may 
    occur in the later years of the cycle. These contaminants are 
    characterized in today's final rule at Sec. 141.40(a)(3), Table 1, 
    Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation (1999) List, List 2.
        UCMR (1999) List 3 contaminants (seven microbiological contaminants 
    or contaminant groups and one inorganic chemical), for Pre-Screen 
    Testing, are those for which EPA has begun or shortly will begin 
    analytical methods development, but completion of those efforts is not 
    expected prior to the Assessment Monitoring required under 
    implementation of this regulation. Instead, these contaminants will be 
    tested for in Pre-Screen Testing. These contaminants are listed in 
    today's final rule at Sec. 141.40(a)(3) as Table 1, Unregulated 
    Contaminant Monitoring List, List 3.
        Tables 3 and 4, in IV.A.1.(c), Analytical Methods Applicable to the 
    UCMR (1999) List, present a summary of the status of the methods for 
    all the contaminants on this list.
        EPA believes that this three-tiered approach to the UCMR, which was 
    recommended by stakeholders, reflects a balance between the 
    implementability of current analytical methods and the need to obtain 
    data in time frames that are useful for responding to concerns about 
    the contaminants identified.
    (b) Number of Contaminants on the UCMR (1999) List
        Thirty-six contaminants are on today's final UCMR (1999) List. SDWA 
    Section 1445 (a)(2)(B)(i) states that in August 1999 and every five 
    years thereafter ``the Administrator shall issue a list of * * * not 
    more than 30 unregulated contaminants to be monitored by public water 
    systems and to be included in the national drinking water occurrence 
    data base * * *'' EPA interprets this to mean that the UCMR list may 
    contain more than 30 contaminants, as long as monitoring is not 
    required for more than 30 contaminants during a five-year listing 
    cycle. Public comments were split on whether the monitoring list should 
    have more than 30 contaminants. EPA believes that maintaining a 
    monitoring list with more than 30 contaminants, while requiring 
    monitoring for no more than 30, is responsive to public concerns about 
    contaminants in drinking water. This interpretation and approach also 
    supports EPA's efforts to respond to and encourage analytical methods 
    development for emerging contaminants.
        Any PWS may voluntarily submit data to EPA, including data for 
    contaminants that a PWS may monitor that are on the UCMR (1999) List of 
    36 contaminants, but that are not on the final list of 30 contaminants 
    actually required for UCMR monitoring. EPA is preparing a guidance 
    document specifying the procedures for future voluntary submission of 
    such data to the National Drinking Water Contaminant Occurrence 
    Database (NCOD).
    
    B. Public Water Systems Subject to the UCMR
    
        The monitoring in this final rule focuses ultimately on 
    determination of, on a national basis, the occurrence or likely 
    occurrence of contaminants in drinking water delivered by community 
    water systems (CWS) and non-transient non-community water systems 
    (NTNCWS). For regulatory purposes, public water systems are categorized 
    as ``community water systems,'' or ``non-community water systems.'' 
    Community water systems (CWSs) are specifically defined as ``public 
    water systems which serve at least 15 service connections used by year-
    round residents or regularly serve at least 25 year-round residents.'' 
    (40 CFR 141.2) A ``non-community water system'' means any other public 
    water system. Non-community water systems include nontranisent non-
    community water systems (NTNCWSs) and transient non-community water 
    systems. Non-community water systems are available to serve the public, 
    but are not used on a year-round basis in most cases. Non-transient 
    systems regularly serve at least 25 of the same persons over six months 
    per year (e.g., schools). Transient systems do not regularly serve at 
    least 25 of the same persons over six months per year. Additionally, 
    some community water systems purchase all or part of their water supply 
    from other water systems. Purchased water systems may be at the end of 
    a distribution system from the water system selling the water.
        One of the factors considered in establishing the UCMR program is 
    the number of persons served by a system. With respect to size, about 
    2,774 large systems (each serving more than 10,000 persons) provide 
    drinking water to about 80 percent of the U.S. population served by 
    public water systems. Under today's final regulation, all large systems 
    will be required to monitor the unregulated contaminants specified in 
    Sec. 141.40(a)(3), List 1 of Table 1, UCMR (1999) List, with the 
    exception of perchlorate and acetochlor for which analytical methods 
    have not been promulgated. In response to public comment on purchased 
    water systems representing the end of a distribution system, purchased 
    water systems are also included in this monitoring requirement for 
    microbiological contaminants that occur primarily in distribution 
    systems with maximum residence times or low disinfectant residuals 
    which may allow microorganisms that have human health effects to 
    survive and reproduce.
        Section 1445(a)(2)(A) requires that the UCMR ensure that only a 
    representative sample of systems serving 10,000 or fewer persons (small 
    systems) monitor for unregulated contaminants. Small community water 
    systems and small non-transient, non-community water systems total 
    65,636 systems. From this total number of small systems, EPA will 
    select a national representative sample of 800 small systems. EPA is 
    excluding transient non-community systems from UCMR requirements. The 
    variation in the 97,000 transient systems would be difficult to reflect 
    in a national representative sample and would be very costly to 
    monitor. Furthermore, projecting contaminant exposure results from such 
    systems would be complex and inconclusive because of the transient 
    nature of the population that uses them. The results from the very 
    small community and non-transient non-community systems (NTNCWS) can be 
    extrapolated to the transient non-community systems. Public comments
    
    [[Page 50567]]
    
    supported not including these systems in the representative sample. One 
    commenter suggested that transient systems be the subject of a special 
    survey since they may be a pathway of exposure for a specific segment 
    of the population. At this time, EPA is not planning any special 
    surveys of transient systems because they are such a large and diffuse 
    category and it is difficult to compile and evaluate population 
    exposure information for this category of water systems.
        EPA will pay for the reasonable costs of monitoring by the small 
    systems selected for the representative sample, as long as the systems 
    are part of a State Monitoring Plan. The EPA will select systems to 
    monitor through the use of a random number generator according to a 
    national representative sample selection plan developed primarily on 
    the basis of population served by PWSs in each State. This detailed 
    selection plan is necessary to ensure that the sample is statistically 
    valid and representative of all small water systems nationally. This 
    plan is also necessary because EPA typically has the least information 
    about these systems and needs a consistent base of data for regulation 
    development. EPA will use a national sample of approximately 800 
    systems serving 10,000 or fewer persons which the EPA will 
    statistically draw from all small CWSs and NTNCWSs nationally. Section 
    F, ``Representative Sample of Systems Serving 10,000 or Fewer 
    Persons,'' provides the details of the sample selection plan, including 
    the sample size. The number of systems selected within each size 
    category of systems will be based on the proportion of population 
    served by that size category. System selection will be further 
    allocated across water source type and distributed across all states.
        The State-based component of this national representative sample, 
    called a State Monitoring Plan (or State Plan), will include the list 
    of systems statistically selected for UCMR monitoring. Other state 
    responsibilities will be defined in the Memorandum of Agreement issued 
    between the States and EPA. The State can review, and modify if 
    necessary, the list of systems in the State Plan. The resulting State 
    Plans will then be part of a national sample framework, providing the 
    representative national sample requisite to drawing national 
    conclusions for contaminant exposure.
        To provide a more capable understanding of contaminants and 
    conditions affecting small systems, and to provide additional quality 
    assurance, EPA will randomly select up to 30 small public water systems 
    from the systems in State Monitoring Plans as ``Index'' systems. Index 
    systems must monitor every year during the five year UCMR listing 
    cycle. These systems will also be required to report information on 
    system operating conditions (such as water source, pumping rates, and 
    environmental setting). This information will assist EPA in more fully 
    evaluating small system operations and future regulations of small 
    systems. EPA will conduct the sampling and testing for Index systems. 
    At the time of sampling, EPA will also gather other system information 
    to characterize the environmental setting affecting the system 
    including precipitation, land and water resource use, and environmental 
    factors (such as soil type and geology).
        Also, up to 150 additional small systems might be selected for the 
    Pre-Screen Testing. The systems for the Pre-Screen Testing will be 
    selected on the basis of their representativeness of systems most 
    vulnerable to the particular UCMR (1999) List 3 contaminants for which 
    methods have been refined. The statistical selection of the 800 systems 
    for the national representative sample may not include the systems 
    determined to be most vulnerable to these contaminants, hence; the 
    States and EPA may need to select additional systems for this targeted 
    testing.
        External expert peer review and public comments supported the 
    statistical approach described to select small systems for the national 
    representative sample and State Monitoring Plans.
    
    C. Type of Monitoring Required of Public Water Systems Based on Listing 
    Group
    
        At the UCMR Stakeholders Meeting on June 3-4, 1998, a diverse group 
    of stakeholders suggested that the UCMR Program be developed through a 
    progression of monitoring levels based on contaminant group 
    characteristics. These characteristics reflect current information 
    about both the occurrence of and method availability for the 
    contaminants. Occurrence information and methods availability will 
    determine which phase, or tier, of monitoring the contaminants will be 
    placed. Both EPA and stakeholders are also concerned about contaminants 
    that may be ``emerging'' as contaminants of concern. These emerging 
    contaminants have not been monitored before, but have the potential to 
    be found near or in drinking water supplies or recently have been 
    identified as potential health problems. It is not likely that there 
    exists approved EPA analytical methods for the ``emerging contaminants 
    of concern''. Typically, ``research'' analytical methods are used to 
    detect such emerging contaminants and may be expensive. EPA will have 
    to either develop an approved method for inclusion in a regulatory 
    approach, or perhaps substitute a regulatory approach with a study 
    using a single laboratory and a ``research'' analytical method. The 
    resources needed to develop an approved analytical method will face 
    competing resource demands for other contaminants on the CCL that also 
    require analytical method development. In recognition of these 
    considerations, as described above, the final rule incorporates an 
    approach with three monitoring levels, or tiers, referred to as 
    ``Assessment Monitoring,'' ``Screening Survey,'' and ``Pre-Screen 
    Testing''.
    1. Assessment Monitoring
        The first type of monitoring in the three-tiered monitoring program 
    of today's rule pertains to the group of contaminants for which 
    analytical methods are currently available and are specified in 
    Sec. 141.40(a)(3), Table 1, UCMR (1999) List 1, Assessment Monitoring 
    Importantly, these contaminants are ones for which initial data for 
    PWSs indicate that the contaminants occur in at least two States or ten 
    public water systems and should be monitored to assess national 
    occurrence through the UCMR. Based on today's rule, all contaminants in 
    Sec. 141.40(a)(3), Table 1, List 1 must be monitored in the Assessment 
    Monitoring tier of the UCMR Program, except perchlorate and acetochlor, 
    for which analytical methods are soon to be finalized.
        In Sec. 141.40, EPA indicates that each system must conduct UCMR 
    ``Assessment Monitoring'' of List 1 contaminants for a twelve-month 
    period in the first three years (i.e., 2001 through 2003) of a five-
    year UCMR contaminant listing cycle (i.e., 2001 through 2005). Large 
    systems must complete this monitoring in any twelve-month period within 
    the years 2001 to 2003. Small systems in State Monitoring Plans must 
    complete the monitoring according to the scheduled monitoring 
    identified in those plans within the period of 2001 to 2003. Section F, 
    ``Representative Sample of Systems Serving 10,000 or fewer persons,'' 
    describes in detail the selection of the subset of small systems 
    required to monitor. The State could specify in the State Monitoring 
    Plans a schedule that would correlate with compliance monitoring. This 
    arrangement should enable systems to complete UCMR
    
    [[Page 50568]]
    
    sampling coincident with their compliance monitoring for regulated 
    contaminants during one of the years when compliance monitoring is 
    required. However, EPA recognizes that some large systems may not be 
    required to monitor for any regulated contaminants during the five-year 
    UCMR listing cycle. In that case, such large systems could monitor for 
    the unregulated contaminants during any twelve-month period within the 
    three years they choose. This approach, as originally proposed, is 
    responsive to public comments that UCMR monitoring be able to be 
    conducted in conjunction with compliance monitoring.
        EPA is requiring that surface water systems monitor for four 
    consecutive quarters in the designated, or, in the case of large 
    systems, selected, monitoring year, and that ground water systems 
    monitor two times approximately five to seven months apart in their 
    monitoring year. Under Assessment Monitoring, systems serving more than 
    10,000 persons must conduct and pay for their own sample collection and 
    testing. Small systems included in State Monitoring Plans must collect 
    the samples with EPA-supplied equipment and send the samples to EPA-
    specified laboratories. EPA will pay for the testing and reporting. 
    Although the laboratory may report the information directly to EPA and 
    provide a copy to the State, the system still has final reporting 
    responsibility to ensure that results are reported to EPA and copied to 
    the State. Frequency and location of monitoring are discussed in 
    section D, ``Monitoring Requirements under the Final UCMR.''
    2. Screening Surveys
        The contaminants that EPA is considering for the Screening Survey 
    are listed in Sec. 141.40(a)(3), Table 1, List 2. These contaminants 
    are those for which analytical methods are under development and for 
    which EPA has less occurrence data than for the contaminants on List 1. 
    The purpose of the Screening Survey is to analyze for contaminants 
    where the use of newly developed, non-routine analytical methods are 
    required. To do this and still maintain adequate quality of the 
    occurrence data, EPA will use only a select, controlled group of 
    laboratories. In addition, the Screening Survey approach might allow 
    EPA to maximize scientifically-defensible occurrence data for emerging 
    contaminants of concern more quickly than could be obtained through a 
    more standard unregulated contaminant monitoring effort. The Screening 
    Survey could, for example, be useful where questions concerning whether 
    a contaminant of concern is in fact occurring in drinking water and the 
    range of concentration of that occurrence. The Screening Survey is also 
    intended to allow EPA to screen contaminants to see if they occur at 
    high frequencies or concentrations that justify inclusion in future 
    unregulated contaminant Assessment Monitoring or at sufficiently low 
    frequencies that do not require further monitoring, but allow the 
    Agency to evaluate standard development.
        The contaminants in UCMR (1999) List 2 will be monitored by a 
    smaller, statistically selected sample from all (large and small) 
    community and non-transient non-community water systems (about 300 
    systems total). These systems will be selected through a random number 
    generator. Systems will not have to initiate Screening Surveys until 
    after EPA promulgates requirements for Screening Surveys. The sample 
    size needed for estimating frequencies of contaminant occurrence are 
    smaller if the actual occurrence frequencies are close to 0 or to 100 
    percent. When a contaminant is consistently present or consistently 
    absent it requires fewer samples to determine its frequency with 
    adequate statistical confidence than if it occurs about half the time. 
    Only 300 PWSs are needed to determine if a contaminant is present 5 
    percent of the time or less frequently, at a 99 percent confidence 
    level and with a 3 percent margin of error. (The same criteria require 
    1,844 samples when the frequency could be any number.) If the 
    contaminant occurrence findings are above the thresholds established 
    for the Screening Survey, EPA will include the contaminant in the next 
    Assessment Monitoring round (projected to begin in 2006) of the UCMR 
    Program. The statistical threshold for positive results from this 
    monitoring to determine if further monitoring is warranted might be 1 
    to 2 percent of systems with detections. If the contaminant occurrence 
    were under the threshold, then no further testing would be required, 
    and the contaminant may be removed from the list in a future UCM 
    rulemaking. EPA requested public comment on whether the statistical 
    threshold of 1 to 2 percent of systems is adequate to make a 
    determination that further Assessment Monitoring should be conducted to 
    determine the extent of contaminant occurrence, and, if not, what 
    percent should be used as the threshold for such a determination. One 
    commenter suggested that EPA should use a threshold of 3 to 5 percent, 
    but did not provide any rationale. EPA believes that 1 to 2 percent is 
    consistent with the approach that this monitoring is a Screening Survey 
    to determine whether the contaminant(s) are occurring in any public 
    water system. One to 2 percent occurrence is equal to 3 to 6 systems 
    for the sample, but statistically this can be extrapolated to 600 to 
    1,200 systems out of all small systems that may have an occurrence of 
    the contaminants. For a sample size of 300, occurrence of a contaminant 
    on the monitoring list in any system would indicate that the 
    contaminant occurs at a frequency greater than 0 (zero). Therefore, EPA 
    should give further consideration to the occurrence and concentration 
    of such a contaminant and may evaluate the extent of its occurrence 
    nationally. EPA considers this extent of occurrence to be significant 
    and to warrant more extensive monitoring, perhaps even through 
    Assessment Monitoring. Another commenter indicated that EPA should 
    evaluate other factors and not just the extent of occurrence before 
    deciding to regulate a contaminant. EPA agrees with this comment and 
    will continue to evaluate other factors.
        The anticipated analytical methods that might be used for Screening 
    Surveys are identified in Sec. 141.40(a)(3), Table 1, List 2, as 
    ``Analytical Methods.'' These methods are being refined for the 
    particular contaminants on List 2 and are not expected to be ready for 
    use in an Assessment Monitoring program. Therefore, as analytical 
    methods are developed for groups of contaminants on List 2, EPA will 
    propose a rule modification for public comment and will promulgate 
    analytical methods, minimum reporting levels and the location and 
    timeframe for sampling for each contaminant.
        Additionally, EPA requested public comment on two potential 
    outcomes from the Screening Survey: (1) if the contaminant is observed 
    at very few or no PWSs (i.e., less than the threshold of 1 to 2 percent 
    of systems), then the contaminant may be dropped from the UCMR (1999) 
    List 2 and no further monitoring for it will occur; and, (2) if the 
    contaminant is observed extensively (i.e., in a higher percentage of 
    PWSs, such as 5 to 10 percent) and EPA has health effects data for the 
    contaminant that indicate a significant concern, then that specific 
    contaminant may move directly to the regulation development stage. In 
    these cases, there may be no Assessment Monitoring tier of monitoring 
    activity to provide additional occurrence data for that contaminant. 
    One commenter expressed concern that EPA would move directly to 
    regulation development after obtaining results from Screening Surveys 
    for a contaminant and stated
    
    [[Page 50569]]
    
    that EPA should move the contaminant up to Assessment Monitoring before 
    taking any action. EPA believes that an occurrence of a contaminant in 
    5 or 10 percent of systems, for example, in the screening survey may be 
    sufficient to determine whether or not to initiate regulation 
    development. EPA may decide that it needs more information, in which 
    case, EPA could move the contaminant to Assessment Monitoring (List 1) 
    for more extensive monitoring to inform the regulatory process, but 
    this may not always be necessary.
        With respect to funding the Screening Survey, EPA will pay for the 
    testing and reporting (as described in Preamble section V.G., Reporting 
    of Monitoring Results) for systems serving 10,000 or fewer persons. 
    Systems serving 10,000 or fewer persons will be responsible for sample 
    collection and preparing the samples for shipment. EPA will pay for the 
    shipment of these samples to an EPA-designated laboratory for testing 
    and for reporting of monitoring results to EPA, with a copy to the 
    State.
        For large systems serving more than 10,000 persons, EPA requested 
    public comment on whether it should set performance standards and allow 
    systems to conduct their own laboratory analyses in compliance with the 
    standards, or should approve a limited but sufficient number of 
    laboratories to do lab analyses for large systems, providing for 
    quality control across a manageable number of laboratories while 
    allowing competitive pricing of services. Most commenters, including 
    water system operators, favored EPA approval of a limited number of 
    laboratories, but noted that a sufficient number of laboratories were 
    needed so that competitive pricing would be available.
        EPA expects the Screening Surveys will occur one or two times 
    during the five-year listing cycle of 2001 through 2005. EPA expects 
    that this Screening Survey monitoring will occur for groups of 
    contaminants, rather than for one contaminant at a time, depending on 
    when the different methods are promulgated and the timing of their 
    promulgation. Systems selected for the Screening Surveys will monitor 
    at the same frequency as for contaminants under Assessment Monitoring. 
    Should approval and implementation of the analytical method for a 
    particular contaminant become delayed, the contaminant might be moved 
    into the category of Pre-Screen Testing, described next.
    3. Pre-Screen Testing
        The third tier of the final monitoring program is ``Pre-Screen 
    Testing'', which will be conducted for contaminants with analytical 
    methods that are in an early stage of development and at systems that 
    are determined to be most vulnerable to the occurrence of contaminants 
    on the Pre-Screen Testing list. Pre-Screen Testing means sampling, 
    testing, and reporting of the listed contaminants that have newly 
    emerged as drinking water concerns and, in most cases, for which 
    methods are in an early stage of development. Pre-Screen Testing will 
    be performed to determine whether a listed contaminant occurs in 
    sufficient frequency in the most vulnerable systems or sampling 
    locations to warrant its being included in future Assessment Monitoring 
    or Screening Surveys. Pre-Screen Testing will only be required after 
    additional rulemaking.
        EPA will select a limited number of systems (up to 200) to conduct 
    Pre-Screen Testing, possibly using a random number generator, selected 
    from up to 25 of the most vulnerable systems identified by each State, 
    or by EPA if a State decides not to participate in the Pre-Screen 
    Testing system selection process. Up to 200 systems, a smaller sample 
    size than under the Screening Survey or Assessment Monitoring, are 
    considered sufficient for this type of monitoring because monitoring 
    will occur at systems determined to be vulnerable to occurrence of the 
    contaminants, based on the characteristics of the contaminants, system 
    operation, climatic conditions, and land and water resource use. This 
    monitoring is to determine whether the contaminant can be found in any 
    public water system under most likely occurrence conditions specific to 
    the contaminant. This tier of monitoring is not designed to determine 
    the extent of occurrence. A portion (e.g., 100 to 150) of these 200 
    systems may be a different subset of small systems serving 10,000 or 
    fewer persons than those selected for the national representative 
    sample. The reason for this different subset is that States should 
    identify the systems that are representative of the most vulnerable 
    conditions for the contaminants specified for Pre-Screen Testing. These 
    most vulnerable systems may not be those conducting Assessment 
    Monitoring or the Screening Survey. It is possible, though, that some 
    overlap of systems doing Assessment Monitoring and those selected for 
    Pre-Screen Testing could occur.
        Under Pre-Screen Testing, EPA will designate or approve a 
    laboratory or laboratories to conduct sample analysis. The reason for 
    this testing approach is that the analytical methods expected to be 
    used will be emerging from research development, and most laboratories 
    will not have any experience with them. For these laboratories to 
    utilize the new methods could involve extensive investment in equipment 
    and training. Rather than requiring this investment for contaminants 
    which have uncertain occurrence in public water systems, EPA will 
    develop and promulgate appropriate methods. EPA will also require that 
    these methods be used by designated or approved laboratories. Pre-
    Screen Testing analysis is conducted at systems most likely to have the 
    contaminants to determine whether further action is warranted and 
    additional method development is needed.
        Under this approach, once EPA has developed methods and promulgated 
    the rule to test for List 3 contaminants, it will request States to 
    identify at least 5 and not more than 25 systems (based on the 
    population served by PWSs in each State) most vulnerable to the listed 
    contaminants. States will select these systems from all community and 
    non-transient non-community systems of all sizes. Selection criteria 
    for these systems include States' determination of systems most 
    vulnerable to the specified contaminants and numbers of systems per 
    State based on the population served in each size category of system. 
    The States will send the list of systems, any modification of their 
    State Monitoring Plans, and the reasons for their list and 
    modifications (considering the characteristics of the contaminants, 
    precipitation, system operation, and environmental conditions) to the 
    EPA. EPA will select up to 200 PWSs nationwide, from the pool of State-
    identified vulnerable systems, that must submit samples of the 
    specified contaminants. Some small systems selected may not be part of 
    the national representative sample of 800 small systems selected for 
    Assessment Monitoring. Hence, some small systems may only be required 
    to sample for Pre-Screen Testing. States or EPA will provide 
    instructions to the systems for the necessary sampling and subsequent 
    shipping to the EPA laboratory. At this time, EPA believes that the 
    contaminants for which Pre-Screen Testing will likely be required are 
    those listed in the final rule at Sec. 141.40(a)(3) Table 1, List 3. 
    Sampling and testing done for Pre-Screen Testing will most likely be 
    required in the later years of the five-year UCMR listing cycle. This 
    approach will assist EPA in refining the methods for these 
    contaminants. If EPA finds any substantial frequency of occurrence of 
    Pre-Screen Testing contaminants, the contaminants could
    
    [[Page 50570]]
    
    become part of either the Screening Survey or part of Assessment 
    Monitoring in future UCMR lists. Since the methods for these 
    contaminants will have to be applied under highly controlled analytical 
    conditions, EPA will pay for the shipping and analyses of these samples 
    for small systems selected to participate. Large systems will pay for 
    the shipping and testing of samples at EPA approved laboratories.
        Public comments requested that EPA provide guidance on the 
    selection of ``most vulnerable'' systems and on reporting requirements 
    for Pre-Screen Testing. EPA plans to provide this guidance during the 
    years 2001 and 2002, and obtain public comment before the guidance is 
    final.
    
    D. Monitoring Requirements Under the Final UCMR
    
    1. Monitoring Frequency
    (a) Systems Serving More Than 10,000 Persons
    (i) Chemical Contaminants.
        The number of persons served affects exposure to contaminants and 
    resources necessary to monitor. The final UCMR program requires large 
    systems serving more than 10,000 persons to monitor at each entry point 
    to the distribution system, or other representative compliance 
    monitoring location specified by the State, whether or not the system 
    applies treatment. If a system applies treatment, then it must monitor 
    after treatment. In response to public comment, EPA modified the rule 
    to allow alternative sampling points to be used: sampling points 
    identified by the State for compliance monitoring under 40 CFR 
    141.24(f)(1), (2), and (3), and/or source (raw) water sampling points, 
    if the State uses source water monitoring as a more stringent 
    monitoring requirement. If monitoring at source (raw) water sampling 
    points indicates detection of any of the contaminants on the monitoring 
    list, then the system in most cases will be required to shift its 
    unregulated contaminant monitoring to the entry point to the 
    distribution system. These flexibilities in the sampling location 
    should enable systems and States to coordinate compliance and 
    unregulated contaminant monitoring more extensively.
        The law requires EPA to consider the source of water relative to 
    unregulated contaminant monitoring requirements (SDWA Section 
    1445(a)(2)(A)). Over the twelve-month period of monitoring, the 
    regulation requires that systems sample from all entry points to the 
    distribution system, or other sampling points specified, representing 
    all principal, non-emergency sources of water used over the monitoring 
    period. Surface water-supplied systems will monitor each of these 
    points every three months for a twelve-month period and ground water-
    supplied systems will monitor each of these points two times five to 
    seven months apart within a twelve-month period. Today's final 
    monitoring frequency for surface water systems is the same as in the 
    previous program. For ground water systems, the two sampling events 
    must be approximately six months apart, increasing the frequency from 
    one sample in five years under the previous program to two. The reasons 
    for this increase are that while ground water typically moves slowly, 
    one sample is insufficient to characterize water quality at any 
    particular location and will not provide evidence of any changes over a 
    longer period of time. Furthermore, some ground water environments 
    transmit water more rapidly, potentially resulting in changes in water 
    quality over shorter timeframes. From a statistical standpoint, one 
    sample is not representative and will not allow the data to be used for 
    exposure assessment which uses an average annual value. This frequency 
    applied to the average of 6.2 entry points to the distribution system 
    for systems serving more than 10,000 persons will provide sufficient 
    data for an adequate statistical analysis of the varied conditions in 
    which these systems are located.
        One of the monitoring events for both surface water and ground 
    water systems must occur at the most vulnerable time of year for the 
    PWS. The rationale for this approach is that it provides data 
    representing potential variation in contaminant concentration over the 
    course of a year. This potential variation in concentration is 
    necessary to evaluate exposure related to contaminant occurrence. Some 
    systems perform compliance monitoring on a quarterly basis and can 
    collect UCMR samples coincident with their compliance samples, and 
    therefore provide data on the range of variation. Other systems may 
    only conduct compliance monitoring once every third year and will 
    therefore have to collect additional samples under the UCMR. While one 
    UCMR sample could be collected coincident with this compliance sample, 
    EPA is requiring for ground water-supplied systems to take a second 
    sample five to seven months later. This requirement will provide the 
    necessary data on seasonal variation over a year to allow consistent 
    exposure assessments to be done with a range of concentrations. 
    Stakeholders supported this option. EPA originally proposed that the 
    second sample be collected exactly six months later. State commenters 
    indicated a need to provide flexibility to accommodate changes in 
    monitoring schedules. Therefore, EPA modified the regulation to allow 
    monitoring five to seven months before or after the initial vulnerable 
    period sampling event.
    (ii) Microbiological Contaminants
        For microbiological contaminants, the sampling frequency will be 
    two times within one year, with samples collected each time at two 
    different locations after treatment in the distribution system: a site 
    representative of water in the distribution system received by the 
    general population that the system serves and a site in the 
    distribution system representing the maximum residence time or lowest 
    disinfectant residual, depending on the contaminant. The frequency 
    should capture the most vulnerable time as well as a time five to seven 
    months later to provide an average exposure. Furthermore, precipitation 
    patterns may be a major factor in contaminant occurrence. Thus, 
    frequency of sampling should be tailored to the most vulnerable times 
    because increased seasonal precipitation may carry these contaminants 
    at higher concentrations than other times during the year.
    (b) Systems Serving 10,000 or Fewer Persons
        The final rule states that approximately one third of the small 
    systems (serving 10,000 or fewer persons) selected through the 
    representative sample, be sampled each year over a three-year period at 
    the frequencies indicated in Section D, ``Monitoring Requirements Under 
    the Final UCMR'' (1)(a) above. This allows a relatively even submission 
    of samples to be managed and tested by the EPA laboratory. EPA will pay 
    for the reasonable costs of monitoring (i.e., containers, shipping, 
    testing and reporting) for this representative sample of systems, 
    including Assessment Monitoring, Screening Survey, and Pre-Screen 
    Testing, and will conduct the analyses at its designated laboratories. 
    EPA, therefore will need to be able to manage the number of samples 
    being received at any time to closely correspond to the analytical 
    capacity of its laboratories. Some public commenters suggested that 
    sampling for microbiological contaminants not occur at the maximum 
    residence time in the distribution system, but at the point of lowest 
    disinfectant residual, since the
    
    [[Page 50571]]
    
    monitoring of concern is for effectiveness of treatment and booster 
    disinfection stations that may be in use in long distribution lines. In 
    response, EPA added another sampling point at the ``lowest disinfectant 
    residual'' in the distribution system. However, EPA maintained the 
    original sampling point location of ``maximum residence time'' because, 
    given potential chemical degradation over long periods of time in a 
    distribution system, such as for disinfection byproducts, the location 
    of maximum residence time can often be the location of lowest 
    disinfectant residual and, therefore, highest likelihood of 
    microbiological contaminants.
        Public comments also addressed the flexibility in monitoring 
    schedules to allow for unforeseen events or factors in field sampling. 
    Specifically, States asked that system sampling schedules allow for 
    sampling over a month within a quarter, rather than exactly three 
    months later. EPA modified the final rule to allow sampling by small 
    and large surface water systems to occur within the same month in each 
    quarter and for small and large ground water systems, to occur any time 
    five to seven months before or after the initially selected month 
    within the vulnerable time.
    2. Monitoring Time for Vulnerable Period
        Water quality studies and monitoring throughout the United States 
    have clearly shown that contaminant occurrence and/or concentration 
    vary over time, both seasonally as well as from year to year. The 
    seasonality of occurrence, or period of peak concentration of 
    contaminants, commonly varies with seasonal changes in the hydrologic 
    cycle in relation to the source of contaminants and their fate and 
    transport characteristics. Particularly for land-applied or land-
    disposed contaminants, the increased flux of water mobilizes the 
    contaminants and moves them into surface or ground water flow systems. 
    For the most vulnerable of water systems, such as surface waters, 
    unconfined shallow ground water and karst flow systems, for example, 
    higher levels of contaminant concentrations typically occur during 
    annual runoff and recharge periods. For much of the United States, east 
    of the Rocky Mountains, many studies have shown that the season of 
    greatest vulnerability for contaminant occurrence is the late-spring, 
    early-summer runoff-recharge period, particularly for contaminants such 
    as pesticides and nitrate (e.g., Larson et al., 1997; Barbash and 
    Resek, 1996; Hallberg, 1989a,b). For deeper, more confined ground water 
    systems, defining vulnerable periods is much more difficult. The exact 
    flow path and time of travel are much greater and more complex and are 
    dependent upon many factors unique to a particular well and aquifer 
    setting (e.g., Hallberg and Keeney, 1993). There is no generality that 
    can be applied to these latter settings.
        Because occurrence may vary seasonally, it is important to try to 
    capture these vulnerable periods in a one-time survey of contaminant 
    occurrence such as the UCMR. Statistical studies of sampling strategies 
    in surface water (e.g., Battaglin and Hay, 1996) have shown that 
    incorporating sampling during spring and early summer runoff periods 
    provides a more accurate representation of annual occurrence than 
    random quarterly sampling (that can avoid these months). Ground water 
    studies (e.g., Pinsky et al., 1997) suggest that the more vulnerable 
    ground water settings also show peaks during these periods. The default 
    vulnerable period for sampling for the UCMR has been designated to 
    coincide with this period of peak vulnerability for much of the United 
    States: one sample must be collected during May, June, or July, unless 
    the State has better information to designate another period. Also, for 
    surface waters, three additional samples will be collected throughout 
    the year, and for ground water systems, one additional sample will be 
    collected five to seven months before or after the vulnerable time. 
    This additional sampling will also capture the winter recharge and 
    runoff period that may be more vulnerable in the western coastal 
    regions or warmer southern climates for some contaminants. In the case 
    of some deeper ground water systems, States or systems may have 
    additional knowledge of seasonal vulnerability patterns, in which case 
    the State can designate an alternative period for sampling.
        Public comments generally supported monitoring in a vulnerable 
    time, but desired flexibility in establishing the time and frequency. 
    The rule already provided flexibility in selecting a time within the 
    May to July period for a sampling event. However, because the 
    statistical approach requires consistency, today's rule enables a State 
    to determine the alternate vulnerable time for monitoring, rather than 
    each system using its own criteria for choosing a vulnerable time. With 
    respect to frequency, the statistical approach requires that systems 
    monitor with the same frequency so that a national frequency 
    distribution can be developed. This precludes the State or a system 
    from establishing its own monitoring frequency.
        Two commenters indicated that pumping rate and not hydrologic 
    factors accounted for variations in contaminant concentration, with 
    higher pumping rates coinciding with higher concentrations. No specific 
    data were offered in support of these comments. EPA believes that many 
    factors may account for higher contaminant concentrations during 
    certain seasons. While pumping rate may be a factor, hydrologic factors 
    are documented as having a significant influence in concentrations of 
    pesticides and other contaminants, as noted previously. A State may use 
    pumping rates as a basis for designating an alternative vulnerable time 
    if determined appropriate.
    3. Monitoring Location
        In Sec. 141.40(a)(3), today's action identifies entry points to the 
    distribution system (EPTDS) after any treatment, or the sampling points 
    specified by the State for compliance monitoring under 40 CFR 
    141.24(f)(1), (2), and (3), representative of each principal, non-
    emergency water source in use over the twelve-month period of 
    Assessment Monitoring, as the sampling locations for List 1 
    contaminants. Also, two sites in the distribution system (a site 
    representative of water in the distribution system received by the 
    general population that the system serves and a site in the 
    distribution system representing the maximum residence time or the 
    lowest disinfectant residual) are designated for microbiological or 
    distribution system contaminants. Sampling at entry points to the 
    distribution system after any treatment follows the existing regulatory 
    approach for currently regulated contaminants and provides data for 
    exposure assessment.
    (a) Chemical Contaminants
        The chemicals in this final rule (UCMR (1999) List 1) are all 
    compounds that can enter a public water supply from the external 
    environment (in contrast to disinfection byproducts, for example). The 
    monitoring location is at the entry point to the distribution system 
    after treatment, representative of each principal non-emergency source 
    of water in use over the twelve-month monitoring period, which will 
    ensure a nationally consistent data set and will provide consistent 
    data for exposure assessment. In response to State and water system 
    commenters, EPA also provided flexibility in the final rule to allow 
    sampling of source (raw) water sampling points. However, if a listed 
    contaminant is detected through source
    
    [[Page 50572]]
    
    water sampling and testing, then the monitoring location must be 
    shifted to the entry point to the distribution system (unless there is 
    no treatment) and follow the monitoring frequency specified in the rule 
    for the contaminant and water source type.
    (b) Microbiological Contaminants
        The sampling locations for microbiological contaminants are 
    different from those for chemical contaminants because the most likely 
    locations with microbiological contaminants may be in the distribution 
    system, or, for some systems, in source water. Two sampling locations 
    were considered in the development of this regulation and are included 
    in the reporting requirements under 40 CFR 141.35(d). No 
    microbiological contaminant is on List 1 for Assessment Monitoring so 
    the two sampling points are not now required. When microbiological 
    contaminant monitoring is required, one of the samples will be at the 
    site below a representative entry point to the distribution system that 
    is used for taking total coliform samples; this sample will represent 
    general exposure. The second sample will be in the distribution system 
    that has the maximum residence time or lowest disinfectant residual, 
    representing the extreme exposure of the population at this point in 
    the distribution system. These sampling points were suggested by 
    stakeholders. EPA will consider activating these sampling points for 
    microbiological contaminants when their analytical methods are 
    determined to be ready for Assessment Monitoring, Screening Survey or 
    Pre-Screen Testing through separate rulemaking. Over the twelve-month 
    period of monitoring, systems would sample at locations representing 
    each principal, non-emergency source of water used over the monitoring 
    period, to the extent possible. One commenter suggested that 
    distribution system samples be taken at sites used for sampling total 
    trihalomethanes (TTHMs). EPA will consider TTHM sites when it proposes 
    methods for microbiological contaminants or other contaminants likely 
    to occur in distribution systems.
        Currently, it is not possible to assess whether or not all of the 
    microbiological contaminants (including those on List 3) are likely to 
    be found at any one sampling location, or that one sampling location is 
    best to potentially identify all microbiological contaminants. The 
    occurrence data needs may differ for different contaminants. Different 
    portions of the water supply and distribution system may be more likely 
    locations of particular microbiological contaminants/occurrences. 
    Therefore, the sampling location for each microbiological contaminant 
    may need to be contaminant-specific and related to the likelihood of 
    occurrence.
        As a result, for the microbiological contaminants on Lists 2 and 3 
    of the rule today, EPA has not identified a sampling location or 
    locations. For some of the microbiological contaminants, source water 
    may be the most appropriate sampling location. EPA will specify 
    sampling locations at the time public comment is requested on the 
    specific monitoring requirements for microbiological contaminants.
    4. Quality Control Procedures for Sampling and Testing
        To assure that the data collected under this final regulation are 
    of sufficient quality to meet the requirements of its intended uses, 
    EPA is requiring the use of the analytical methods and procedures in 
    Sec. 141.40(a)(3), (4), and (5) and Appendix A for monitoring. Also, 
    additional guidance for quality control and analytical confirmation are 
    specified in the ``UCMR Analytical Methods and Quality Control 
    Manual'', available by the time this rule is published. This final 
    regulation covers quality control steps for all sampling and testing 
    under this program. Today's final rule requires that all monitored 
    systems follow these methods and procedures in organizing and 
    conducting their UCMR sampling and testing. Systems must also ensure 
    that the laboratories they use to analyze samples use these approved 
    methods and procedures. The specific quality control requirements 
    addressed in Sec. 141.40(a)(3), (4) and (5) and Appendix A of the final 
    rule include: sample collection/preservation; sample transport; sample 
    and sample extract holding time and storage; sample analyses/quality 
    control requirements, including quality control (QC) requirements, 
    calibration, calibration verification, laboratory reagent (method) 
    blank, quality control sample, laboratory duplicates, sample matrix 
    spike and matrix spike duplicate, internal standard, surrogate 
    standard, method detection limit determination, minimum reporting 
    level; confirmation; and reporting requirements. EPA believes that 
    specifying the quality control requirements for UCMR sampling and 
    testing will enable the Agency to have a high degree of confidence in 
    determining the extent and range of concentrations for the contaminants 
    on the UCMR (1999) List, since they are not regularly tested for 
    nationally.
    5. Monitoring of Routinely Tested Water Quality Parameters
        In addition to the contaminants to be monitored, several chemical 
    and physical parameters are important indicators of water quality and 
    may contribute to the likelihood of contaminants being found in 
    drinking water. EPA requested public comment on whether it should 
    require the monitoring and reporting of these routinely tested 
    parameters, usually associated with water quality analyses, to provide 
    for a more thorough scientific understanding of the occurrence of 
    unregulated contaminants. These chemical and physical parameters are 
    not added to the UCMR (1999) List because they are not contaminants, 
    but rather they provide supplementary data about the sample results 
    which will facilitate their interpretation and use in regulatory 
    decisions. Public comments indicated that for some systems and States, 
    these chemical and physical parameters are routinely tested for, and in 
    others, they are not. One commenter stated that temperature and pH were 
    important for chemical contaminant occurrence and degradation. Another 
    commenter indicated that analyzing for these water quality parameters 
    is essential to managing his system's water. In response, EPA has 
    revised the rule to require that for organic and inorganic chemical 
    samples, pH be reported for the sampling event of each sampling point. 
    Since no supporting information was provided, EPA determined that while 
    temperature may be important for microorganisms, it is not expected to 
    affect the results for chemical contaminants because the storage and 
    transit temperature requirements in the approved methods will minimize 
    the loss of target contaminants due to any physical, chemical or 
    biological processes. For microbiological contaminants, temperature, 
    pH, free disinfectant residual, and total disinfectant residual must be 
    reported. These required water quality parameters are listed in 
    Sec. 141.40 (a)(4)(i) Table 2, Water Quality Parameters To Be Monitored 
    With UCMR Contaminants. These water quality parameters must be reported 
    as analytical results along with other results and data elements.
    6. Relation to Compliance Monitoring Requirements
        Currently, compliance monitoring for regulated contaminants is 
    coordinated on a three-year cycle. All public water systems that are 
    required to monitor for specific contaminants a minimum of one year out 
    of every three, six, or nine
    
    [[Page 50573]]
    
    years, depending on the contaminant and its occurrence in the system. 
    The existing unregulated contaminant monitoring requirements and the 
    final revised UCMR require monitoring during one year out of every five 
    years. EPA provides flexibility in this final UCMR so that public water 
    systems: (a) only have to monitor for unregulated contaminants during 
    one twelve-month period every five years (unless the State, at its 
    discretion, determines that PWSs should conduct more frequent 
    monitoring); (b) can use previously State-specified compliance sampling 
    points, including source water sampling points; and (c) choose a 
    sampling time within quarters or three-month periods specified in the 
    rule. Hence, the compliance monitoring and the UCMR monitoring can be 
    coordinated, to the extent practical, by conducting UCMR monitoring 
    during a coincident year during which compliance monitoring is 
    required. The years within which the unregulated contaminant monitoring 
    are required to occur are specified in Sec. 141.40(a)(3), Table 1, 
    Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring List, column 6.
    7. Previous Monitoring of the Contaminants on the Final UCMR (1999) 
    List
        Some PWSs may already have monitored for or want to monitor before 
    the rule's effective date of January 1, 2001, for some of the 
    contaminants identified on the final UCMR (1999) List because of local 
    or State concerns about the possibility of those contaminants occurring 
    in drinking water. At the time of proposal, EPA was concerned about 
    allowing systems to report monitoring results for samples taken and 
    tested prior to promulgation of the UCMR. EPA was concerned that such 
    results might not be comparable to results obtained under this revised 
    UCMR Program because of differences in sampling and analytical 
    protocols, as well as the sampling schedule. Other factors thought to 
    compound the problem of comparability included: (1) monitoring methods 
    may have changed or improved; (2) water quality changes over time; and, 
    (3) today's action requires reporting of a net increase of seven 
    additional data elements, which will allow various, consistent 
    comparisons to be made and data to be aggregated nationally based on 
    current sound-science and quality assurance/quality control 
    consistency. However, EPA received comments recommending that 
    previously collected data should be accepted for the unregulated 
    contaminants on the monitoring list as long as they meet all the 
    requirements of this final rule. In response, EPA reevaluated the 
    circumstances under which previously collected (also referred to as 
    ``grandfathered'' or ``grandparented'') data could be accepted, given 
    the statistical and quality assurance/quality control requirements of 
    the UCMR Program. EPA has modified the regulation to allow previously 
    collected data to be reported, as long as the data meet the sampling, 
    testing and reporting requirements specified in 40 CFR 141.35(d) and 
    141.40(a)(3), (4), (5) and Appendix A. This change will allow for early 
    monitoring and reporting for MTBE, as long as it meets the requirements 
    of the UCMR. By doing so, EPA is responding to one of the 
    recommendations of the Blue Ribbon Panel on Oxygenates in Gasoline, a 
    panel appointed by EPA Administrator Browner, to evaluate the issues 
    posed by the use of MTBE in gasoline. This recommendation consisted of 
    accelerating the implementation of the UCMR, by allowing systems to 
    sample for MTBE prior to the implementation date of January 1, 2001.
    
    E. Waivers
    
    1. Waivers for Systems Serving More Than 10,000 Persons
        Section 1445(a)(2)(F) of SDWA allows a State to obtain a waiver of 
    UCMR monitoring for specific contaminants if the State demonstrates 
    that the UCMR listing criteria do not apply in that State. These 
    criteria are:
        (a) the criteria for listing a contaminant in the occurrence 
    priorities list in the CCL or the regulatory process identifying 
    contaminant occurrence in two or more States; and
        (b) whether an analytical method exists for the contaminant.
        When a State makes such a demonstration for a waiver of a specific 
    contaminant on the monitoring list, EPA may waive monitoring for that 
    contaminant in that State for large systems (serving more than 10,000 
    persons) only.
        Stakeholders indicated that waiver requirements should be 
    sufficiently stringent to obtain the most representative national data 
    possible, including non-detections of contaminants on the UCMR (1999) 
    List. Since only the UCMR listing criteria in (a) are relevant to a 
    State-specific waiver and based on stakeholders' concern that the 
    waiver be narrowly applied, EPA is requiring that this waiver be 
    applied only where the State can demonstrate that the contaminant has 
    not been used, applied, stored, disposed, released, or detected in the 
    source waters or distribution systems in the State in the past 15 years 
    and that the contaminant does not occur naturally (such as growth in a 
    system or air deposition) in the State. Source Water Assessments 
    provided for under Sections 1453 and 1428(b) of SDWA may be used as the 
    basis for these waivers if the assessments specifically address the 
    contaminant(s) on the UCMR List for which a waiver is sought. Table 3, 
    Uses and Environmental Sources of Contaminants for the Monitoring List, 
    presents the uses and sources of the contaminants included for the 
    final UCMR (1999) List. A State can apply for a waiver from monitoring 
    for specific contaminants, but must receive EPA approval to waive the 
    monitoring.
        While some chemical contaminants may only be discharged into the 
    environment in regional or local areas, microbiological contaminants 
    may be ubiquitous. However, previous monitoring results over time may 
    provide information useful to waiver determinations for microbiological 
    contaminants.
        Public comments on system-specific waivers ranged from not allowing 
    waivers for any systems to providing waiver procedures for individual 
    systems. EPA decided that such waivers are not provided by the statute 
    and would be generally inconsistent with the nature of a program that 
    relies on nationally representative data. Detections and non-detections 
    are equally important in deciding whether to regulate a contaminant. If 
    waivers are given to systems not expected to have occurrence of a 
    particular contaminant or group of contaminants, then the resulting 
    data set will be biased toward systems having detections, potentially 
    contributing to an incorrect conclusion about contaminant occurrence 
    and regulation. EPA did not change the rule to allow other 
    circumstances under which contaminant monitoring waivers could be 
    given.
    2. Waivers for Small Systems in State Plans
        EPA is not allowing waivers to be granted for small systems serving 
    10,000 or fewer persons in State Plans for the national representative 
    sample. Stakeholders also supported this position. The systems in State 
    Plans will be statistically selected with the assumption that all 
    systems in a particular size category and water source type have an 
    equal probability of being selected. Non-detections are just as 
    important as detections of contaminants for national analysis. Waiving 
    contaminants to be monitored in certain States not expecting to have 
    such contaminants biases the
    
    [[Page 50574]]
    
    representative sample toward detections. Selecting the small systems to 
    be included in the State Monitoring Plans for the representative sample 
    through a statistical process effectively waives ninety-seven percent 
    of the systems from the final monitoring requirements (based on using 
    99 percent confidence level with three percent allowable error). 
    Therefore, EPA rejected waivers for systems serving fewer than 10,000 
    persons because this approach is contradictory to obtaining a 
    scientifically sound data set that provides the basis for a scientific 
    statistical analysis. The rule was not changed in this regard.
    
                    Table 3.--Uses and Environmental Sources of Contaminants for the Monitoring List
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Contaminant name                   CASRN                   Use or environmental source
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             Proposed Chemical Contaminants
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1,2-diphenylhydrazine....................        122-66-7  Used in the production of benzidine and anti-
                                                                inflammatory drugs.
    2-methyl-phenol..........................         95-48-7  Released in automobile and diesel exhaust, coal tar
                                                                and petroleum refining, and wood pulping.
    2,4-dichlorophenol.......................        120-83-2  Chemical intermediate in herbicide production.
    2,4-dinitrophenol........................         51-28-5  Released from mines, metal, and petroleum plants.
    2,4-dinitrotoluene.......................        121-14-2  Used in the production of isocyanate and explosives.
    2,4,6-trichlorophenol....................         88-06-2  By-product of fossil fuel burning, used as
                                                                bactericide and wood/glue preservative.
    2,6-dinitrotoluene.......................        606-20-2  Used as mixture with 2,4-DNT (similar uses).
    Acetochlor...............................      34256-82-1  Herbicide used with cabbage, citrus, coffee, and corn
                                                                crops.
    Alachlor ESA.............................  ..............  Degradation product of alachlor, an herbicide used
                                                                with corn, bean, peanut, and soybean crops to
                                                                control grasses and weeds.
    DCPA di-acid degradate...................       2136-79-0  Degradation product of DCPA, an herbicide used on
                                                                grasses and weeds with fruit and vegetable crops.
    DCPA mono-acid degradate.................        887-54-7  Degradation product of DCPA, an herbicide used on
                                                                grasses and weeds with fruit and vegetable crops.
    DDE......................................         72-55-9  Degradation product of DDT, a general insecticide.
    Diazinon.................................        333-41-5  Insecticide used with rice, fruit, vineyards, and
                                                                corn crops.
    Disulfoton...............................        298-04-4  Insecticide used with cereal, cotton, tobacco, and
                                                                potato crops.
    Diuron...................................        330-54-1  Herbicide used on grasses in orchards and wheat
                                                                crops.
    EPTC.....................................        759-94-4  Herbicide used on annual grasses, weeds, in potatoes
                                                                and corn.
    Fonofos..................................        944-22-9  Soil insecticide used on worms and centipedes.
    Lead-210 (Pb-210)........................      14255-04-0  Part of the uranium decay series, naturally
                                                                occurring.
    Linuron..................................        330-55-2  Herbicide used with corn, soybean, cotton, and wheat
                                                                crops.
    Molinate.................................       2212-67-1  Selective herbicide used with rice, controls
                                                                watergrass.
    MTBE.....................................       1634-04-4  Octane enhancer in unleaded gasoline.
    Nitrobenzene.............................         98-95-3  Used in the production of aniline, which is used to
                                                                make dyes, herbicides, and drugs.
    Perchlorate..............................      14797-73-0  Oxygen additive in solid fuel propellant for rockets,
                                                                missiles, and fireworks.
    Polonium-210 (Po-210)....................      13981-52-7  Part of the uranium decay series, naturally
                                                                occurring.
    Prometon.................................       1610-18-0  Herbicide used on annual and perennial weeds and
                                                                grasses.
    RDX......................................        121-82-4  Used in explosives; ammunition plants.
    Terbacil.................................       5902-51-2  Herbicide used with sugarcane, alfalfa, and some
                                                                fruit, etc.
    Terbufos.................................      13071-79-9  Insecticide used with corn, sugar beet, and grain
                                                                sorghum crops.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              Microbiological Contaminants
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Adenoviruses.............................             N/A  Fecal sources; hand to mouth transmission.
    Aeromonas................................             N/A  Present in all freshwater and brackish water.
    Cyanobacteria (Blue-green algae), other               N/A  Bloom in surface water bodies; produce toxins.
     freshwater algae and their toxins.
    Caliciviruses............................             N/A  Contaminated food and water, raw shellfish.
    Coxsackieviruses.........................             N/A  Fecal sources; hand to mouth transmission.
    Echoviruses..............................             N/A  Fecal sources; hand to mouth transmission.
    Helicobacter pylori......................             N/A  Fecal sources; hand to mouth transmission.
    Microsporidia............................             N/A  Occur in rivers, ponds, lakes, and unfiltered water.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    F. Representative Sample of Systems Serving 10,000 or Fewer Persons
    
        As required by section 1445(a)(2)(A) and (C), the regulation 
    requires that only a representative sample of public water systems 
    serving 10,000 or fewer persons must monitor for unregulated 
    contaminants. As previously explained, only community and non-transient 
    non-community systems are required to monitor for unregulated 
    contaminants under this action. Therefore, the representative sample 
    will include only community and non-transient non-community systems 
    serving 10,000 or fewer persons. The representative sample must be of 
    sufficient size to gather the necessary information on occurrence of 
    unregulated contaminants to determine whether or not to regulate them, 
    while not burdening every water system with the expense of monitoring. 
    The number of systems selected within each of three size ranges of 
    small systems will be based on the proportion of the State's population 
    served by systems in that size range. (An example appears in Section 
    5.(a), ``State Plans for the Representative Sample''.) The small 
    systems in the national representative sample will be selected using a 
    stratified random sampling process. This process will utilize a random 
    number generator to choose a statistically determined number of systems 
    in each State, considering the proportion of the population served by 
    CWSs and NTNCWSs by water source type (i.e., ground or surface water) 
    and system
    
    [[Page 50575]]
    
    size category (i.e., 25 to 500 persons, 501 to 3,300, and 3,301 to 
    10,000) within the water source type. The regulation stipulates that 
    the national representative sample is the basis for the State 
    Monitoring Plan in each state. The use of this statistical approach is 
    designed to take into account different system sizes, types of systems, 
    the source of supply, contaminants likely to be found, and geographic 
    location. EPA believes that the statistical process for selecting 
    systems to monitor must yield data that are sufficient to answer 
    questions about occurrence of contaminants on a national scale for use 
    in exposure assessments and technology evaluations of alternative 
    treatments at a PWS and in its watershed. These data should also be 
    sufficient to answer questions on a broad multi-state scale, such as 
    systems classified by size or source of water, particularly when 
    combined with data for the 2,774 large systems.
        Under this action, small system monitoring will be too sparse to 
    answer questions about occurrence at the scale of a single State. The 
    number of systems required for evaluation of occurrence in a single 
    State is far greater than, and thus more costly than, those needed for 
    the broader national evaluations required under the Act to determine 
    whether or not to regulate a contaminant and to assist in developing 
    future drinking water regulations.
    1. System Size
        Based on statistics reported in the Safe Drinking Water Information 
    System (SDWIS) database, the following numbers of systems (1997 data) 
    by size will approximate the universe from which a representative 
    sample of systems serving 10,000 or fewer people will be taken for the 
    national representative sample plan. These system size categories are 
    used in other statutory and regulatory characterizations of systems, 
    and are applied under the existing rule for unregulated contaminant 
    monitoring for the scheduling of sampling. The relevant system and 
    population information (1997) for systems serving 10,000 or fewer 
    persons is:
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                       Population served nationally
                 No. of people served in PWS size range               No. of PWSs in -------------------------------
                                                                        size range          CWS           NTNCWS
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    25-500..........................................................          48,100       5,249,577       2,379,034
    501-3,300.......................................................          14,126      19,918,106       2,724,728
    3,301-10,000....................................................           3,410      25,236,059         401,579
                                                                     -----------------------------------------------
        Total.......................................................          65,636      50,403,742       5,505,341
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Considering all community water systems and nontransient non-
    community water systems that do not purchase their water supplies, 
    65,636 PWSs are in the size range for small systems as defined in 
    Section 1445. In response to public comments that indicated the 
    appropriateness of including purchased water systems, EPA revised this 
    rule to cover systems purchasing water from other systems if their 
    distribution systems are the locations of the maximum residence time or 
    lowest disinfectant residual in relation to the combined water seller-
    purchaser distribution system. Purchased water systems will not be 
    required to monitor for contaminants for which the sampling location is 
    specified as the entry point to the distribution system because they 
    could bias results by potentially causing double counting of 
    contaminant occurrence.
    2. System Type
    (a) Public Water System Monitoring
        Under today's action, all public water systems serving 10,000 or 
    fewer persons, except transient non-community systems, will be 
    considered for monitoring, but only a subset will be selected for the 
    national representative sample. Purchased water systems will be 
    excluded from UCMR monitoring for contaminants where the sampling point 
    is identified as the entry point to the distribution system. Public 
    water systems owned and/or operated on Tribal lands by Tribes will have 
    the same probability of being selected for the national representative 
    sample as any other system in its water source-system size category. 
    EPA will identify the size of the representative sample and the 
    specific systems required to monitor and send the list of systems to 
    the States for review and inclusion in State Monitoring Plans 
    (discussed in Section V. F. 5).
    (b) Nontransient Non-Community Water Systems
        Nontransient non-community water systems (NTNCWSs) represent 
    schools, hospitals and other facilities in communities that serve the 
    resident population but have their own water supply systems. 
    Approximately 20,000 systems of this type exist in the United States. 
    Today's final regulation at Sec. 141.40(a)(1)(iii) includes NTNCWSs as 
    a separate type of water system to be included in the representative 
    sample for monitoring. Typically, these systems are closely associated 
    with a local resident population and may be a significant source of 
    water consumed by that population over a lifetime. The selection of 
    NTNCWSs will use the same statistical process as for CWSs, with systems 
    grouped within a State by water source type and size category. NTNCWSs 
    are considered separately to avoid double-counting the population 
    served when conducting exposure assessments of both small CWSs and 
    NTNCWSs, while allowing weighting of lifetime water consumption by 
    system type.
    (c) Transient Non-Community Systems
        Transient non-community water systems represent systems providing 
    drinking water to transient populations such as at a restaurant in a 
    rural location or a highway roadside rest area. About 97,000 of these 
    systems exist in the United States; their location and type are highly 
    variable. It will be difficult to extrapolate exposure from monitoring 
    results, given the very short-term nature of the systems' use by 
    individuals who may not be in the area for more than a few hours or 
    days. Because of problems with implementation and cost for sampling 
    such a large and highly variable set of typically very small systems, 
    EPA has excluded transient systems from all unregulated contaminant 
    monitoring requirements in this final rule. In this regard, this action 
    is consistent with the current UCMR Program. Four of the five public 
    commenters addressing transient systems supported exclusion of 
    transient systems from requirements for unregulated contaminant 
    monitoring.
    3. Geographic Location
        SDWA Section 1445 specifies that State plans should consider 
    ``geographic location'' when selecting a representative sample. This is
    
    [[Page 50576]]
    
    accomplished at the broadest level by selecting systems from each 
    State. However, within a State, the sources of water may not be evenly 
    distributed across that State, especially surface waters. Cities 
    transfer water across watershed boundaries, or move water from one 
    State to another. To best represent water being consumed by 
    individuals, EPA defines ``geographic location'' in the representative 
    sample for the final rule today as the location of the source of water, 
    rather than as an even distribution of points across the State. For 
    example, if 40 percent of the people in a State obtain their water from 
    one water source type (e.g., surface water), 40 percent of the systems 
    selected for the representative state sample should be from that source 
    type, even if this results in points unevenly distributed across the 
    State. This distribution should be accommodated by allocating systems 
    based on the population served nationally and in each State stratified 
    by water source and system size category.
    4. Likelihood of Finding Contaminants
        Section 1445(a)(2)(A) requires that the UCMR Program take into 
    account the likelihood of finding a contaminant in establishing 
    variable monitoring requirements for systems. The final rule allows the 
    UCMR Program to focus on monitoring for contaminants that are expected 
    to be found nationally or within several regions of the United States. 
    Therefore, the expectation of finding the contaminants nationally is 
    fundamental to the approach of the representative sample and its 
    statistical method of selection. The ``likelihood of finding 
    contaminants'' factor is accommodated by the step-wise three-tiered 
    approach of Pre-Screen Testing, Screening Survey and Assessment 
    Monitoring.
    5. State Plans for the Representative Sample
        As discussed previously, Section 1445 (a)(2)(C) allows States to 
    develop State Monitoring Plans (also referred to as ``State Plans'') to 
    assess the occurrence of unregulated contaminants for small systems in 
    the State. EPA believes that the development of State Plans is affected 
    by two other considerations: (i) the State plans must fit together into 
    a national representative sample so that it is, in fact, nationally 
    ``representative,'' and (ii) EPA will pay for the reasonable costs of 
    testing and laboratory analysis necessary to carry out monitoring at 
    State Plans, pursuant to Section 1445(a)(2)(C)(ii).
    (a) Representative State Plans
        To have representativeness at the national level while at the same 
    time allowing each State to develop a ``State Plan,'' the testing for 
    which EPA will fund, the Agency will take the following approach. Based 
    on a statistical random selection process applied to all CWSs and 
    NTNCWSs nationally using the average population served by systems and 
    water source type (surface or ground water to ensure geographic 
    coverage) within service-size categories (25-500, 501-3,300, 3,301-
    10,000 persons), EPA will select at least twice as many CWSs and 
    NTNCWSs as required for the national representative sample. EPA will 
    use a random number generator to select these systems. These systems 
    will be divided into an ``initial plan'' list and a ``replacement 
    list'' to allow for replacement of systems on the list with systems 
    from the replacement list, by States. The representative sample will be 
    allocated on a State basis, and then stratified by water source type 
    and then by service size category within each water source type. EPA 
    will use the percentages of the populations served in each water 
    source-system size category to further allocate the systems in each 
    State. The ``initial plan'' list of systems will identify those systems 
    tentatively selected by EPA for each State. To establish a State Plan 
    for small system monitoring, a State may enter into a Memorandum of 
    Agreement (MOA) with EPA to take a partnership role in the development 
    and implementation of the State Plan. By agreeing to participate in the 
    process for the State plan through the MOA, the State must accept the 
    EPA-selected systems on the ``initial plan'' as its plan, or review the 
    list to determine which systems should be removed from the list because 
    of such factors as closure, merger, or water purchase arrangement and 
    submit a modified plan. The State must replace the system(s) they 
    remove from the list with the water system(s) from the ``replacement 
    list'' in the order the systems are listed in the replacement list, 
    thus creating a ``modified plan.'' The State, in either case, must 
    inform the EPA of the State's choice of plan (i.e., ``initial'' plan or 
    ``modified'' plan) along with reasons for removing and replacing 
    systems on the ``initial plan'' within 60 days of receiving the 
    ``initial plan.'' If the State decides not to enter into an MOA with 
    EPA for the State Plan process, then the EPA will consult with the 
    State before the State adopts the ``initial plan'' as its State Plan. 
    In a State with an MOA, the State Plan will include a process for the 
    State to inform the public water systems of their responsibility to 
    monitor and report results, their vulnerable time period, other 
    monitoring times, sampling instructions, and of their participation in 
    the screening survey and pre-screen testing. The EPA will inform 
    systems of their inclusion in the representative sample if the State 
    chooses not to enter into an MOA for the State Plan. This approach 
    ensures a nationally representative set of systems and allows a State 
    flexibility to modify EPA's ``initial plan'' with minimal burden. EPA 
    will develop and provide initial plans to States and Tribes in the 
    first half of year 2000 to allow sufficient time for State/Tribal 
    review and modification, and for informing systems selected for the 
    State Plans.
        Statistical Approach. Under today's action, the representative 
    sample of small public water systems will be composed of a subset of 
    systems which, in the aggregate, represent the public water systems of 
    the three small system size categories within the United States. Within 
    a State, public water systems will need to be selected so that the 
    proportion of persons served by the systems sampled is as close as 
    possible to the proportion of persons served by that system size 
    category within each water source type for that State. The portion of 
    the national representative sample within a State's boundaries will 
    become that State's Monitoring Plan, after review and possible 
    adjustment by the State, and then EPA review.
        For the small systems considered, a representative sample size of 
    approximately 800 systems will provide a confidence level of 99 percent 
    with an allowable error of plus or minus 1 percent. This number of 
    systems is statistically derived to allow population weighting for 
    exposure assessment. Because of population weighting in the selection 
    of the representative sample, systems are a surrogate for the number of 
    people being monitored for unregulated contaminants in their drinking 
    water. Since population exposure assessment is the principal use of the 
    data in the regulation development process, the quantity of interest is 
    the fraction of people exposed, rather than the fraction of systems 
    affected. However, the law requires measuring contaminant occurrence at 
    systems and it is more efficient to measure at systems. So the 
    population weighted plan allows EPA to recognize systems providing 
    drinking water to their service population as a surrogate for people. 
    When the goal is exposure assessment, then a population weighted 
    sampling plan for systems is optimal. The results can also be used to
    
    [[Page 50577]]
    
    estimate the number of systems affected, although the selected 
    population weighted plan is not optimal for this purpose.
        The results will also be useful for analysis of contaminant 
    occurrence at small systems in national analyses by water source and 
    system size categories or strata, with a confidence level of 95 percent 
    and a one percent margin of error. EPA will allocate systems to each 
    State, water source type and system size category by: (1) estimating 
    the population served by all small CWSs in each State, (2) dividing 
    this population into the population served in each water source type-
    system size combination to derive a percentage, and (3) multiplying the 
    percentage by the number of small systems in the State, with the result 
    being the number of systems allocated to each water source-system size 
    category. This allocation is a statistical stratification of systems by 
    water source type and system size category. The approach ensures that 
    each State has systems allocated to it for its State Plan. To 
    accomplish this allocation of systems to each State, EPA will add a 
    sufficient number of small CWSs and NTNCWSs to the statistically 
    derived number for the representative sample to allow each State to 
    have a plan that will then fit into the national representative sample, 
    with each State having at least two systems. Once monitored, the 
    results of the representative sample of small systems will then be 
    combined with large system results in an overall national analysis of 
    contaminant occurrence in systems. EPA believes that this sample size 
    will provide an adequate level of confidence, considering size, type 
    (community and non-transient non-community water systems), geographic 
    location (State), and water source. EPA also believes that this 
    approach provides sufficient information for the decision processes 
    drawing on UCMR monitoring data for systems serving 10,000 or fewer 
    persons, while keeping testing costs at a manageable level. This number 
    of systems should be sufficient to statistically evaluate whether a 
    contaminant occurs in a specified proportion, such as 2 or 3 percent of 
    the population (using systems as a surrogate). This number of systems, 
    confidence level and allowable error will enable EPA to: (1) evaluate 
    the statistical significance of contaminant occurrence with low 
    frequency and (2) compute the percent of systems for occurrence 
    nationally, combining the results of both small and large systems.
        Further rationale for using a small number of systems and small 
    allowable error (confidence interval) in calculating the number of 
    systems to be included in the representative sample is provided in the 
    monitoring results from previous unregulated contaminant monitoring 
    under the existing program. EPA has results from over 28,000 systems 
    from the unregulated contaminant monitoring activities of 1988 to 1992 
    (the first round of unregulated contaminant monitoring under the 
    existing program) that indicate that of the 34 contaminants required to 
    be monitored at that time, 30 occurred at less than 2 percent of 
    systems and, of those, 27 occurred at less than 1 percent of systems. 
    Ten of these contaminants were selected for the Contaminant Candidate 
    List ``Regulatory Priorities'' (see 64 FR 23403) and all of the ten 
    contaminants occurred at less than 2 percent of systems and eight, at 
    less than 1 percent. Of the eight contaminants occurring at less than 
    one percent of systems, four have health effects values within the 
    concentration range of contaminant occurrence (bromomethane [a 
    pesticide], 1,3-dichloropropene [a pesticide], hexachlorobutadiene [a 
    solvent], and 1,1,2,2-tetrachloroethane [a solvent]), and consequently 
    may be considered for future regulation. These data point at the need 
    to focus at the low end of occurrence. Using a small allowable error 
    minimizes the chance of EPA incorrectly deciding whether or not to 
    regulate a contaminant based on occurrence. Once EPA evaluates health 
    effects data, contaminant occurrence among States and systems, 
    contaminant sources, treatment technologies, and other relevant 
    information, the small allowable error allows EPA to make regulatory 
    determinations with a high degree of confidence.
        If, based on prior information (e.g., from a Screening Survey or 
    Pre-screen Testing), EPA determines that the listed contaminants occur 
    in a different percent of systems at a different statistical confidence 
    level and/or allowable error providing scientifically defensible 
    monitoring results, then EPA may apply a different likely percent of 
    systems, confidence level, and/or allowable error to determine a 
    smaller representative sample size. The statistical approach for 
    specifying the number of systems by water source type (ground water, 
    surface water or ground water under the direct influence of surface 
    water) and systems size is as follows:
        The number of systems, n, required in the representative sample is 
    determined by the allowable error (d) around the estimate 
    for p, the proportion of systems (a population-weighted surrogate for 
    people) which exceed a criteria (e.g., detection level) of interest. 
    Based on the binomial distribution in statistics, the number of systems 
    n which must be sampled for a likely proportion p of people (systems as 
    a surrogate) with contaminant occurrence within the allowable error d 
    with confidence (1-a) is approximately:
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17SE99.000
    
        The number of systems to be sampled, n, does not depend on the 
    total number of systems available. The number from the standard normal 
    distribution, z, is obtained from a table of the standard normal 
    distribution, representing a collection of data following a ``bell-
    shaped curve'' which have a (standardized) mean of zero and standard 
    deviation of one. The significance level, a, is the chance of the 
    statistical interval of interest not containing the true value of the 
    number being estimated, which, in this case, is the percent of systems 
    where contaminants of concern on the UCMR List occur. The true value 
    for the percentage of systems where contaminants of concern occur can 
    only be known if all systems are sampled, which is not a possibility 
    since Section 1445(a)(2)(A) requires that only a representative subset 
    of small systems be required to monitor for unregulated contaminants. 
    Using this equation (1), the matrix below presents the required sample 
    sizes for several values of allowable error margins and confidence 
    levels. For the national representative sample, an allowable error of 
    0.01 at a confidence level of 99 percent and a likely 
    proportion of systems with contaminant occurrence of 1 percent was 
    chosen. The possibilities for sample size, confidence level and 
    allowable error considered in developing this approach are:
    
    [[Page 50578]]
    
    
    
       Sample Sizes From a Universe of 65,600 Systems Based on: Confidence
                                      Level
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    d, Allowable Error
             Confidence Level (1-a)          -------------------------------
                                                .03     .02     .01    .005
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    90%.....................................      30      67     266   1,065
    95%.....................................      42      95     380   1,521
    99%.....................................      73     165     659   2,636
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        EPA believes that a representative sample size of 659 systems to be 
    sufficient to draw conclusions about contaminant occurrence for small 
    systems, based on 99 percent (.99) confidence level,  a 1 
    percent (.01) allowable margin of error (confidence interval), and 
    target percent of contaminant occurrence in 1 percent of systems. EPA 
    chose a confidence level of 99 percent because it wanted high 
    confidence that the true proportion was included in its sample results. 
    A 5 percent chance that the window of error did not include the true 
    proportion was considered too large, given the amount of money invested 
    in monitoring and regulatory decisions. Based on the monitoring 
    program, a 1 percent risk (100-99 percent confidence) that EPA missed 
    the target was more acceptable.
        A small allowable error (narrow confidence interval), such as 
    1 percent (0.01), is important for evaluating 
    the expected low percentages of contaminant occurrence in systems 
    because EPA wants to be able to determine when the monitoring results 
    show that the percent of systems is distinguishable from zero or some 
    other small value close to zero. Determining this outcome will help EPA 
    decide which contaminants should receive primary focus for possible 
    regulation after the results are evaluated with health effects data.
        To further consider the implications of the table above, suppose 
    that after sampling these 659 systems, the proportion p which equaled 
    or exceeded a detection level was 4 percent (0.04). The estimate of the 
    true (unknown) proportion will be 0.040.02, or 4 to 6 
    percent. This interval has a 99 percent likelihood of containing the 
    true proportion of systems having an occurrence of the contaminant of 
    concern. There is a 1 percent (0.01) chance (a) that the true 
    proportion is outside this estimated interval. A larger allowable 
    error, d, (e.g., 3 percent) results in a wider estimate window. Knowing 
    only that the proportion is somewhere within a window of 6 percent 
    (e.g., between 1 and 7 percent) was too large a window of error if the 
    percent of systems having occurrence of the UCMR (1999) List 
    contaminants is less than 3 percent, which may be possible based on 
    information from previous unregulated contaminant monitoring. In such a 
    situation, it will be difficult to determine whether the percent of 
    systems with contaminant occurrence was significantly different than 
    zero or some small number.
        For the purposes of data interpretation in the future, EPA has 
    determined that, rather than using the normal approximation to the 
    binomial distribution, the Agency should use the Wilson score interval 
    method (Newcombe, 1998) which results in a confidence interval around 
    the estimate of the percent of systems with contaminant occurrence 
    which is narrower on the left or ``zero'' side of the estimate and 
    wider on the right side of the estimate. One advantage to this interval 
    is that it does not include zero whenever the estimated exposure is 
    non-zero.
        Additionally, EPA will increase the representative sample size of 
    CWSs to 721 to increase the statistical power of the smallest system 
    category. EPA will also add 79 systems to the NTNCWS sample size (using 
    the same approach of applying the percentage of population served by 
    NTNCWSs in each State to derive the number of systems allocated to each 
    State). A total of 800 CWSs and NTNCWSs are included as the national 
    representative sample. This allocation facilitates assigning systems to 
    each State in the representative sample, allowing each State to have at 
    least two systems.
        Technical peer review of the statistical approach found it to be 
    sound for the purposes of estimating contaminant occurrence to assess 
    population exposure to the contaminants from Assessment Monitoring. 
    Both internal and external peer review indicated the possibility of 
    using another statistical method (such as the Poisson approximation to 
    the binomial distribution or Wilson score interval method) to derive 
    the number of systems in the national representative sample and to 
    interpret the data at a given confidence level and error once they are 
    reported. Additionally, the public commenters supported the statistical 
    approach for deriving and implementing the national representative 
    sample of small systems.
        The representative sample of 721 small CWSs and 79 NTNCWSs will be 
    disaggregated to the State level, and stratified by water source type 
    (ground water or surface water) and system size (the three size 
    categories of 25-500, 501-3,300, and 3,301-10,000 persons). The 
    stratification by State, water source type and system size is described 
    in the following example.
        Example. To determine the number of PWSs (CWSs and NTNCWSs) 
    randomly selected for unregulated contaminant monitoring as part of the 
    national representative sample, the following figures are used as the 
    starting point and are approximations for the purposes of example only:
    
    US population: 265,000,000
    US population served by small PWSs serving  10,000 persons: 
    50,000,000
    
        State A's population served by small PWSs serving 10,000 or fewer 
    persons equals 1,251,340 persons, which divided by 50,000,000 persons 
    served nationally by small water systems equals 2.5 percent, or the 
    percent of State A's population served by small systems of the national 
    population served by small systems. Multiplying 2.5 percent (0.025) 
    times the 659 systems nationally equals 16.48, rounded to 16, which is 
    the number of small systems allocated to State A for its representative 
    sample. Mathematically, this can be expressed as:
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17SE99.001
    
    
    [[Page 50579]]
    
    
        State A's population served by small PWSs supplied by surface water 
    (SW) or ground water under the direct influence of surface water 
    (GWUDI) equals 449,920 persons.
        State A's population served by small PWSs supplied by ground water 
    (GW) equals 801,420 persons.
        For each water source type (surface or ground water), the 
    population served by small systems is further divided into the size 
    category. The next step is to divide the population in each size 
    category by the population served by small systems in State A 
    (1,251,340 persons), and then multiply that result by the number of 
    small systems allocated to State A (18 systems), to obtain the number 
    of systems in that size category for the water source type that will be 
    in the State Plan (identified below as ``State Plan Allocation''). For 
    each water source type, the example results for State A are:
    
                                               SW/GWUDI Systems in State A
                                  [Numbers of systems rounded to nearest whole number]
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Number of
                                       Population served          persons           Systems            State plan
      System size (persons served)      by size category         served in         allocated           allocation
                                                                  state A          to state A
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    10,000-3,301....................  281,200 persons....  www.epa.gov/safewater).
        EPA asked for public comment on whether it should consider using a 
    targeted approach for selecting systems in the national representative 
    sample based on prior knowledge of contaminant use or occurrence, 
    system operation or other locational information, rather than this 
    stratified random selection approach. Internal and external peer 
    reviewers and public commenters agreed that a targeted approach would 
    bias the national results.
        Several aspects of potential bias are of concern to EPA: (1) prior 
    information on targeted use of a contaminant may not be perfect which 
    may lead to missing the target zone; (2) targeting leads to biased 
    results that would be expected to have a larger percentage of 
    detections, potentially overstating occurrence of the contaminant; (3) 
    targeting areas of known or expected contaminant use or occurrence for 
    monitoring does not provide a representative national picture of 
    occurrence, because both detections and nondetections of contaminants 
    are equally important in determining national occurrence in the 
    decision process of whether or not to regulate a contaminant; and (4) 
    targeting areas of known or expected use or occurrence does not take 
    into account that surface waters can carry the contaminant out of the 
    targeted area.
        The State Monitoring Plans will also include a representative 
    sample of small systems that will be combined with a set of randomly 
    selected large systems for Screening Survey monitoring of UCMR (1999) 
    List 2 contaminants. The number of small systems, selected through the 
    same statistical process from the systems used to conduct Assessment 
    Monitoring, will be smaller (perhaps 150 to 200 systems out of a total 
    number of about 300 small and large systems) because the purpose of the 
    Screening Survey is to test for contaminant presence in systems rather 
    than testing for concentrations in an established percentage (such as 2 
    or 3 percent) of systems, as is the case for Assessment Monitoring. If 
    a contaminant occurs in a small percent (e.g., 0.5 percent) of systems, 
    then the contaminant will be considered to occur at a level that will 
    indicate that it should be included in the next round of Assessment 
    Monitoring.
        EPA needs to balance the number of systems included in the national 
    representative sample required for statistical validity with the cost 
    of paying for the testing. EPA believes that the final rule's approach 
    balances the number of systems to be tested with the cost and also 
    balances a nationally representative sample with the allowance for 
    State plans. The final approach also relieves States from having to 
    develop the statistical design and specify the systems to be monitored.
    (b) Systems Selected for Pre-Screen Testing
        If a State enters into an MOA with EPA, it can participate in the 
    Pre-Screen Testing program. States must specify from 5 up to 25 systems 
    as the systems most vulnerable to the contaminants on UCMR (1999) List 
    3. EPA will determine the number of systems to be selected in any State 
    based on the population served by CWSs and NTNCWSs in a State. The 
    States must modify their State Plans to identify the small systems 
    selected for Pre-Screen Testing and notify the EPA of their addition to 
    those Plans.
    (c) Tribal Water Systems
        Public water systems serving less than 10,000 persons that are 
    located on Tribal lands in Indian country will be treated as an 
    individual stratum for the representative sample. The stratified random 
    selection process described previously allocates systems within water 
    source and size category by population served. A PWS in Indian country 
    will have the same probability of being selected as any other water 
    system in another State based on the proportion of the population 
    served by water source and system size category. Because no State has 
    jurisdiction over such systems, EPA will consult with the appropriate 
    tribal government concerning whether any initially selected system 
    should be replaced due to merger, closure, or purchase of water from 
    another system. The resulting set of systems will be the ``State Plan'' 
    for Indian country.
        Public comments relative to Tribal water systems requested that 
    Tribal systems be specified through a stratified random selection 
    process like the other systems in the national representative sample to 
    avoid biasing the results. EPA agrees and plans to identify Tribal 
    systems through the same stratified random selection process that is 
    applied to the other systems.
    (d) ``Index'' Systems
        EPA generally has less information about systems serving 10,000 or 
    fewer persons than about systems serving more than 10,000 persons. This 
    lack of information on these systems and their operation affects EPA's 
    ability to tailor regulations to systems of this size. To provide an 
    improved understanding of small systems, EPA will select up to 30 small 
    public water systems as ``Index'' systems and EPA will conduct 
    Assessment Monitoring at these systems during each of the five years 
    for which the UCMR List and national representative sample must be 
    established. EPA is requiring more frequent monitoring from these 
    systems than the systems selected for Assessment Monitoring. Index 
    systems must be selected from the systems designated in State 
    Monitoring Plans using a random number generator. EPA will pay for this 
    monitoring, including provision of sample equipment, shipment of 
    samples, testing, and reporting. EPA will help Index systems collect 
    samples by sending a field technician to each Index system to obtain 
    the samples. Index system sampling is being conducted to: ensure sample 
    collection quality for the 30 systems; provide information of temporal 
    variation encountered during the monitoring cycle; and better 
    understand the needs of small public water systems in future 
    regulations. The Index system sampling program is designed to ensure 
    that future regulations better reflect the conditions under which small 
    systems operate. Owners/operators of Index systems are required to 
    assist EPA in identifying
    
    [[Page 50581]]
    
    appropriate sampling locations and provide information on wells and 
    intakes in use at the time of sampling, well casing and screen depth 
    (if known) for those wells, and the pumping rates of each well or 
    intake at the time of sampling. The monitoring results for the Index 
    systems will be used to characterize the UCMR results to other small 
    systems in the national representative sample with this frequency and 
    for this additional information. EPA or its representative will also 
    collect information on precipitation, land use and other environmental 
    factors (e.g., soils and geology) to provide the Agency with 
    information on other conditions potentially affecting drinking water 
    quality of small systems. This Index system monitoring will facilitate 
    extrapolation of Assessment Monitoring results nationally for systems 
    of this size. A description of the selection process for Index systems 
    using a random number generator will be presented in the background 
    document, noted above, titled ``National Representative Sample of Small 
    Public Water Systems: Statistical Design and State Plans for the 
    Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation.''
        Public comments received concerning Index systems were generally 
    supportive of the approach to provide additional information to tailor 
    future regulations to small systems.
    (e) Other State Data
        Some States may sample and test additional systems beyond those 
    included in the State Monitoring Plan. Any additional systems sampled 
    by States should not be combined with those of the State Monitoring 
    Plan for the purpose of computing national estimates of contamination. 
    While providing useful information for protecting the health of persons 
    using drinking water from these systems, this additional data will bias 
    the results of the national representative sample if included. However, 
    if the State wants to report the results of such monitoring, EPA could 
    receive the data through the Safe Drinking Water Information System 
    (SDWIS) for input to the NCOD. EPA plans to develop acceptance criteria 
    to allow such data to be placed in the NCOD. Public comments supported 
    EPA's position that any data from additional systems not in the State 
    Monitoring Plan should not be combined with data from the 
    representative sample of small systems because it would bias the 
    national results.
    
    G. Reporting of Monitoring Results
    
        Today's final regulation replaces the reporting requirements at 40 
    CFR 141.35 to make the reported occurrence results more useful for 
    sound scientific analyses.
    1. Reporting Requirements (Data Elements)
        UCMR data are one of four types of data that will potentially be 
    reported to the NCOD as required by Section 1445(g). The other types of 
    data that may be included in the NCOD are: (1) regulated contaminant 
    occurrence data below the maximum contaminant level (MCL) but above the 
    minimum reporting level (MRL) (a regulation may be developed to obtain 
    this data during 2000); (2) source water monitoring data; and (3) other 
    data from special studies and research. Since these data will come from 
    varying sources, they may have different reporting requirements. The 
    PWS data from unregulated contaminant monitoring may have the smallest 
    number of data elements to be reported because of the greater level of 
    control over the quality of the data through the laboratory 
    certification programs and the monitoring and quality control 
    requirements in the final rule today.
        EPA engaged in an extensive process of stakeholder and technical 
    review when developing the NCOD to identify information reporting 
    requirements that allow data from different sources to be adequately 
    evaluated, compared, and interpreted. The NCOD information requirements 
    process identified additional data elements that must be considered for 
    UCMR reporting with unregulated contaminant sample test results. These 
    data elements are especially important because many of the contaminants 
    may not be routinely tested for and will need sample test data quality 
    indicators to assist in interpreting the results. These additional data 
    elements for the unregulated contaminants, and the reasons EPA adds 
    them to the previous reporting requirements in this rule, are explained 
    briefly in the following table. EPA requested public comment on these 
    additional reporting requirements identified in Table 4, Final 
    Additional Data Elements for the UCMR. The only comments EPA received, 
    other than support for the additional data elements to be reported, 
    were to clarify Minimum Reporting Level and Method Detection Level 
    reporting and their difference from Instrument Detection Level and 
    Estimated Detection Level and to use ``presence/absence'' for 
    microbiological contaminants only. A technical peer reviewer also 
    suggested that spiking concentration be added to the reporting 
    requirements to allow evaluation of the methods being used, since the 
    methods are still being refined. The reader is referred to the document 
    titled, ``Public Comment and Response Summary'' for the Unregulated 
    Contaminant Monitoring Regulation for a discussion of these comments. 
    The complete list of data elements for the UCMR appears in the rule at 
    Sec. 141.35(d), Table 1.
    
              Table 4.--Final Additional Data Elements for the UCMR
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Final data element            Definition       Reason for reporting
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Public Water System Facility  An identification     Identify source
     Identification Number--       number established    water, treatment
     Source, Treatment Plant and   by the State, or,     plant and sampling
     Sampling Point.               at the State's        location for use in
                                   discretion, the       evaluating
                                   PWS, that is unique   contaminant source
                                   to the system for     controls in
                                   an intake for each    regulation
                                   source of water, a    development. The
                                   treatment plant and   source intake/well
                                   a sampling point.     identification
                                   Within each PWS,      number can be
                                   each intake,          related to latitude
                                   treatment plant and   and longitude for
                                   sampling point must   use in geographic
                                   receive a unique      analysis of land
                                   identification        use, soils, geology
                                   number, including,    and precipitation
                                   for intake; surface   for alternative
                                   water intake,         treatment and
                                   ground water well     control analysis.
                                   or wellfield          Treatment plant
                                   centroid; and         identification
                                   including, for        number can be
                                   sampling point;       related to
                                   entry points to the   treatment
                                   distribution          information for
                                   system, wellhead      that plant to use
                                   (or wellfield),       in analysis of
                                   intake, or            alternative
                                   locations within      treatments.
                                   the distribution      Sampling point
                                   system. The same      identification
                                   identification        number will allow
                                   number must be used   the sample test
                                   consistently          result to be
                                   throughout the        consistently
                                   history of            associated with the
                                   unregulated           same sample
                                   contaminant           location over time
                                   monitoring to         for trend analysis.
                                   represent the
                                   facility.
    
    [[Page 50582]]
    
     
    Sample Analysis Type........  The type of sample    Indicates field and
                                   collected.            spiked sample to
                                   Permitted values      ensure that the
                                   include: (a) Field    sample test result
                                   Sample--sample        is used for the
                                   collected and         appropriate
                                   submitted for         analysis (e.g.,
                                   analysis under this   contaminant
                                   rule. (b) Batch       concentration
                                   Spike/Spike           trends, sample test
                                   Duplicate Samples--   performance, etc.).
                                   Samples associated
                                   with a batch for
                                   calculating
                                   analytical
                                   precision and
                                   accuracy. A batch
                                   is a collection of
                                   22 samples analyzed
                                   together, of which
                                   two are the spike
                                   and spike duplicate
                                   samples, that are
                                   tested for analyte
                                   concentrations.
    Detection Level.............  ``Detection level''   Indicates lowest
                                   refers to the         quantifiable
                                   detection limit       measurement level
                                   applied to both the   applied through the
                                   method and            method to the
                                   equipment.            sample to allow
                                   Detection limits      comparison with
                                   are the lowest        other sample test
                                   concentration of a    results.
                                   target contaminant
                                   that a given method
                                   or piece of
                                   equipment can
                                   reliably ascertain
                                   and report as
                                   greater than zero
                                   (i.e., Instrument
                                   Detection Limit,
                                   Method Detection
                                   Limit, Estimated
                                   Detection Limit).
    Detection Level Unit of       The unit of measure   Indicates the
     Measure.                      to express the        reporting unit for
                                   concentration,        the detection
                                   count, or other       limit.
                                   value of a
                                   contaminant level
                                   for the detection
                                   level reported.
                                  (e.g., g/L,
                                   colony forming
                                   units/mL (CFU/mL),
                                   etc.).
    Batch Identification Number.  A unique number       Allows calculation
                                   assigned by the       and comparison of
                                   laboratory            precision and
                                   analyzing samples     accuracy among
                                   to a specific batch   batches of samples
                                   of samples. The       and association of
                                   number comprises 9    precision and
                                   digits for the        accuracy with each
                                   laboratory            sample in a batch
                                   identification        to sort results
                                   number, 4 digits      based on data
                                   for the year, 2       quality.
                                   digits for the
                                   month, 2 digits for
                                   the day, and 2
                                   digits for the
                                   batch of samples.
    Spiking Concentration.......  The concentration of  Allows calculation
                                   method analytes       of precision and
                                   added to a sample     accuracy for a
                                   to be analyzed for    batch of samples
                                   calculating           and an evaluation
                                   analytical            of the method.
                                   precision and
                                   accuracy.
    Analytical Precision........  For purposes of the   Indicates
                                   UCMR, Analytical      variability among
                                   Precision is          laboratory results
                                   defined as the        as measured by
                                   relative percent      testing replicate
                                   difference (RPD)      field or duplicate
                                   between spiked        spiked samples, and
                                   matrix duplicates.    is a key measure of
                                   The RPD for the       sample test
                                   spiked matrix         performance.
                                   duplicates analyzed
                                   in the same batch
                                   of samples as the
                                   analytical result
                                   being reported is
                                   to be entered in
                                   this field.
                                   Precision is
                                   calculated as RPD
                                   between spiked
                                   matrix duplicates
                                   using, RPD = [(X1-
                                   X2) / {(X1 + X2)/
                                   2}] x 100.
    Analytical Accuracy.........  For the purposes of   Indicates whether
                                   the UCMR, accuracy    test results are
                                   is defined as the     within a group of
                                   percent recovery of   measurements
                                   the contaminant in    corresponding to
                                   the spiked matrix     the true value of
                                   sample analyzed in    the results, and is
                                   the same analytical   a key measure of
                                   batch as the sample   sample test
                                   result being          performance.
                                   reported and
                                   calculated using;.
                                  % recovery = [(amt.
                                   found in Spiked
                                   sample--amt. found
                                   in sample) / amt.
                                   spiked] x 100.
    Presence/Absence............  Chemicals: Presence-- Chemicals: Indicates
                                   a response was        results that do not
                                   produced by the       have a quantifiable
                                   analysis (i.e.,       value and whether,
                                   greater than or       for a positive
                                   equal to the MDL      result, the
                                   but less than the     chemical
                                   MRL)/Absence--no      concentration is
                                   response was          between the MRL and
                                   produced by the       the MDL to allow
                                   analysis (i.e.,       more thorough
                                   less than the MDL).   assessment of the
                                  Microbiologicals:      method's capability
                                   Presence--indicates   to identify the
                                   a response was        contaminant.
                                   produced by the      Microbiologicals:
                                   analysis/Absence--    Allows measure
                                   indicates no          under conditions
                                   response was          and for
                                   produced by the       microorganisms that
                                   analysis.             are not able to be
                                                         counted.
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Note that EPA deleted ``composite'' from the proposed set of data 
    elements since the final rule does not allow compositing. Since this 
    program is designed to measure actual occurrence of contaminants, 
    compositing (the combining of samples from several sampling points of a 
    water system) will dilute concentrations of contaminants to be 
    measured. Stakeholders supported the deletion of compositing, and 
    believed it to be contrary to the objectives of the UCMR. No public 
    comments were received on this subject.
        Also note that ``Public Water System Facility Source Intake 
    Identification Number'' must currently be reported under existing 
    reporting requirements for SDWIS under 40 CFR 142.15(b)(1). The UCMR 
    will expand this requirement to include the unique identification 
    numbers for treatment plant and sampling point, which may not change 
    over time. EPA is not requiring, through today's action, the reporting 
    of treatment data (treatment objectives and processes) since these data 
    are already required to be reported by January 1, 2000, for all 
    systems. (Safe Drinking Water Information System
    
    [[Page 50583]]
    
    FACT SHEET, Revised Inventory Reporting Requirements, June 1998)
        The rationale for including these data elements is that EPA needs 
    the detailed information concerning the sample test, location, and 
    treatment that will allow the results to be used in making a 
    determination of whether or not to regulate the contaminant and to 
    develop regulations. The specific reasons are identified in Table 4. To 
    avoid duplicate and costly resampling efforts, EPA believes that 
    systems should obtain and report the most complete information the 
    first time a sample is tested.
        The information requirements process for development of the NCOD 
    identified technical questions that need to be answered in the 
    regulatory process that the UCMR is to support. These data elements are 
    associated with these questions. While the list of data elements will 
    increase by five (from 12 to 17) in today's final UCMR (as compared to 
    the existing UCMR), reporting them the first time precludes the need to 
    obtain the information through another process. Because the 1996 SDWA 
    Amendments expanded the determinations and types of analyses that need 
    to be conducted to develop a rule, including these data elements is 
    responsive to the new regulatory environment in which drinking water 
    regulations must be developed.
        These new data elements will not be a major burden for a PWS. Only 
    four of the elements must be supplied by the PWS: the PWS ID; the 
    Facility ID; the sample number; and sample collection date. All other 
    elements can be supplied by the laboratory.
        States commented that EPA should not require system inventory data 
    if those data are required under another reporting arrangement in 40 
    CFR 142.15(b)(1). As a result, EPA modified this final rule eliminating 
    inventory data elements that are required for other reporting. Today's 
    rule requires that Public Water System Facility ID be reported. Coupled 
    with the PWS ID, the facility ID can be linked to sampling site 
    information and locational data necessary for thorough analyses of the 
    data.
        As explained earlier, EPA also requires owners/operators of Index 
    systems that are part of State Plans for the national representative 
    sample to provide data concerning well casing, screen depths and 
    pumping rates at each well or intake at the time of monitoring. This 
    reporting will allow EPA to tailor regulations to systems serving 
    10,000 or fewer persons by relating sample test results to conditions 
    that affect capture of contaminants by ground water and surface water 
    supplied systems.
    2. Reporting to the Primacy Agency
        Today's rule changes reporting relationships for unregulated 
    contaminant monitoring data. The statute requires that the results be 
    reported to the primary enforcement (or ``primacy'') authority for the 
    system. Many States and systems raised questions about the necessity 
    and utility of requiring State primacy for the UCMR. In response to 
    these comments, EPA has decided to directly implement the UCMR, while 
    allowing States to participate in State Plan review and implementation 
    through MOAs rather than through State primacy. Some States noted that 
    UCMR data will primarily be used by EPA to make regulatory 
    determinations, and that such data are not required by the State to 
    assess compliance for public health. The States however, need these 
    data for their program records and implementation. In response to these 
    comments, EPA is not requiring the State to report the data, but is 
    requiring the PWS to report the data electronically to EPA, unless 
    otherwise arranged, with a copy to the State. EPA will issue guidance 
    on the process of reporting to EPA electronically or in other formats 
    and providing a copy of the results to the State. Since EPA is paying 
    for small systems' testing and reporting, the Agency will set up an 
    electronic reporting system for these systems that are required to 
    report. EPA will report the data to the States for these small systems. 
    EPA will hold the data of small and large systems for 60 days to allow 
    systems and States to review the data before placing the data in the 
    NCOD, as required by SDWA. EPA encourages States to review the data as 
    time allows because their review is critical to identifying drinking 
    water quality issues that may not be obvious at the national level. 
    This review provides an additional level of data quality control before 
    EPA uses the data in regulatory decisions.
    3. Timing of Reporting
        In response to public comments from States and systems requesting 
    more time to report these data, EPA modified the rule at Sec. 141.35(c) 
    to require large PWSs to report their monitoring results within thirty 
    days, rather than ten days, after the month in which they receive the 
    results from the laboratory. This requirement provides additional time 
    for systems to review the UCMR results before reporting them to EPA.
    4. Method of Reporting
        SDWA Section 1445 (a)(2)(D) states that each PWS that monitors for 
    unregulated contaminants must provide the monitoring results to the 
    primacy authority for the system. Today's final rule requires 
    electronic reporting by PWSs to EPA, while providing a copy of the 
    results to the State (Sec. 141.35(e)). The rule also allows EPA to 
    specify another method for reporting by a PWS, if necessary. Public 
    commenters supported allowing an alternate reporting method for PWSs if 
    they could not report electronically. Note that EPA will pay for the 
    testing and laboratory analysis of samples for small systems in State 
    Monitoring Plans. Since EPA plans to establish electronic recordkeeping 
    of the results from systems in State Plans, electronic reporting for 
    these systems will be done through the assistance of EPA. EPA might 
    consider specifying another method for reporting when a system serving 
    over 10,000 persons has not developed the capability to report 
    electronic results. However, most laboratories have this capability and 
    could probably provide this service for the PWS.
    5. Public Notification of Availability of Results
        SDWA Section 1445 (a)(2)(E) requires notification of the results of 
    the UCMR program to be made available to persons served by the system. 
    The results of UCMR monitoring for CWSs will be reported through annual 
    Consumer Confidence Reports (CCR), as required by Sec. 141.153 (d). For 
    NTNCWSs, UCMR monitoring results will be reported according to 
    requirements of the revised public notification rule as proposed May 
    13, 1999 at 64 FR 25963. Failure to monitor for unregulated 
    contaminants required through the UCMR will also be reportable under 
    the public notification rule.
        The results that will be reported through the CCR and public 
    notification rules should be based on the same monitoring data that the 
    States will receive under the UCMR and will be required to be reported 
    to the NCOD. Information in the NCOD will be available to the public.
    
    VII. Section-by-Section Analysis of Public Comment and EPA Response
    
        This portion of the preamble is devoted to highlighting major 
    changes in the specific sections and paragraphs of the revisions to the 
    Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation, including 40 CFR 141.35, 
    141.40, 142.15(c), and 142.16, in the order that they appear in the 
    Code of Federal
    
    [[Page 50584]]
    
    Regulations and are promulgated here as a final rule today. The details 
    of the peer review and public comments and EPA's responses can be found 
    in two background documents: External Peer Reviews of the Unregulated 
    Contaminant Monitoring Regulation, and Public Comment and Response 
    Summary for the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation.
    
    A. Section 141.35--Reporting of Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring 
    Results
    
    1. Does this reporting apply to me?
        This paragraph notes that Sec. 141.35 applies to the owner or 
    operator of any PWS required to monitor for unregulated contaminants 
    under Sec. 141.40. Exceptions to the reporting requirements are also 
    noted. The majority of comments received on this topic suggested that 
    water systems using purchased water should be required to monitor for 
    contaminants occurring in distribution lines, such as microbiological 
    contaminants. Like the proposed rule, today's final rule states that 
    small systems serving 10,000 or fewer persons need not report their 
    results to EPA because EPA will pay and arrange for testing and 
    reporting of the results. To improve the logical flow of the rule, EPA 
    moved this exception to this paragraph from the paragraph immediately 
    below it.
        In response to these comments, EPA has modified this section, 
    noting that water systems that purchase all of their water will be 
    included in the UCMR for contaminants having distribution system 
    sampling points, including points of maximum residence time or points 
    of lowest disinfectant residual.
        A few commenters suggested it was inappropriate for only the small 
    systems selected as part of the national representative sample to 
    report UCMR results and not other small systems. In response, EPA notes 
    that Section 1445(a)(2)(D) of the SDWA states that all systems required 
    to conduct unregulated contaminant monitoring must report the results. 
    Because only a nationally representative sample of small systems will 
    be required to monitor under the UCMR, only those systems will have to 
    report the results.
    2. To whom must I report?
        This section explains the reporting requirements for systems that 
    will monitor for unregulated contaminants.
        Under today's rule, a system must report the results of unregulated 
    contaminant monitoring to EPA and provide a copy to the State. This is 
    a change from the proposal and is based on EPA's decision, in response 
    to public comment, to implement this rule through MOAs with State 
    agencies rather than through the primacy process. EPA will hold the 
    data for 60 days to allow systems and States time to conduct a quality 
    control review before entering the data into the NCOD. This is 
    discussed in more detail in IX.A. Implementation of the Rule. The 
    system also must notify the public of the monitoring results as 
    provided in Subpart O (Consumer Confidence Reports) and proposed 
    Subpart Q (Public Notification) of this part.
        Even though small systems do not report their results because EPA 
    will do that for them, small systems must still comply with the public 
    notification requirements for these results.
    3. When do I report monitoring results?
        This section specifies that a PWS must report the results of 
    unregulated contaminant monitoring within thirty days following the 
    month in which they receive the results from the laboratory.
        Today's final rule is slightly different from that of the proposed 
    rule. Rather than reporting within 10 days of receiving monitoring 
    results, it extends the deadline for reporting results to thirty days 
    after the month in which the results are received from the laboratory. 
    This change provides more time for the system to review the data before 
    reporting. This is in response to comments received indicating that the 
    requirement that systems report results within 10 days after receiving 
    results from the laboratory is too short a period. Additionally, 
    commenters were concerned with adequate time to review and understand 
    the data before reporting them to EPA. Also, as noted previously, EPA 
    will wait 60 days before placing the data in the National Drinking 
    Water Contaminant Occurrence Database (NCOD) to allow additional time 
    for systems, States and EPA to ensure quality control of the data.
        Consistent with the decision to not require States to adopt this 
    rule as part of primacy, EPA has also clarified that EPA, not the State 
    primacy agency, will specify the required monitoring period.
        A commenter was concerned with the costs associated with reporting 
    UCMR results quarterly and requested that PWSs be allowed to report 
    data in an annual batch. EPA is maintaining the requirement of 
    quarterly reporting because EPA does not believe that annual reporting 
    would allow EPA to use the data as input to the next round of the CCL 
    and UCMR lists, which is a principal objective of the rule. Also, large 
    PWSs already report quarterly. Additionally, EPA plans to evaluate the 
    data early to determine whether modifications are needed in the 
    analytical methods.
    4. What information must I report?
        This section lists and defines the data elements that must be 
    reported. In addition to analytical results and quality control, EPA is 
    requiring information on the PWS from which the analyzed sample was 
    taken.
        Today's rule modifies somewhat the unregulated contaminant 
    monitoring reporting requirements in the proposed rule (Table 8 of 
    ``Revisions to the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation for 
    Public Water Systems,'' Federal Register, vol. 64, no. 83, April 30, 
    1999, pages 23426 to 23428) and reorders the sample data elements. For 
    example, for microbiological monitoring, future requirements may 
    specify either a sampling point in the distribution system that has the 
    maximum residence time or, under today's rule, the lowest disinfectant 
    residual, in response to comments concerning systems using disinfectant 
    booster stations where the disinfectant residual is low. These sampling 
    point types were added to the data element listing. Questions were 
    raised as to how the UCMR would accommodate water systems that have 
    mixed sources (i.e., use blended/mixed surface water and ground water). 
    In response, the data element, Water Source Type, will be modified in 
    the Safe Drinking Water Information System (SDWIS) Inventory Reporting 
    Requirements to address this issue: the valid choices for this data 
    element will include purchased/non-purchased blended/mixed water. See 
    40 CFR 141.35(d) Table 1 of the rule for more information.
        Sample collection date must be reported as 4-digit year, 2-digit 
    month, and 2-digit day under the final rule to ensure year 2000 
    compliance, and to refine date records, as suggested by peer reviewers. 
    Also added to the sample data elements is a sample batch identification 
    number, which is assigned by the laboratory to each batch of samples 
    analyzed with the spike and spike duplicate sample at the spiking 
    concentration to allow analysis of method performance. The list of 
    permitted sample analysis types is reduced to field sample and batch 
    spike/spike duplicate since these will be the only required sample 
    types reported for unregulated contaminant monitoring.
        During the public comment period, a comment was received suggesting 
    that inventory data elements should be provided officially by the 
    States through
    
    [[Page 50585]]
    
    the inventory data reporting process, rather than by systems with their 
    sample results. EPA agrees that inventory data elements are already 
    reported by a different mechanism. Therefore, EPA has removed the data 
    elements that are or will be included in the Safe Drinking Water 
    Information System (SDWIS) Inventory Reporting Requirements: sampling 
    point type, water source type, public water system facility type, 
    latitude of the public water system facility for source and treatment 
    plant, and longitude of the public water system facility for source and 
    treatment plant. This change in data elements under today's rule 
    provides for the revision or addition in inventory data reporting for 
    the data elements not included in the rule to address:
        (A) for sampling point type, an expansion of allowable choices to 
    include: raw/untreated water, finished water from treatment system, 
    finished/treated water from entry point to the distribution system 
    after treatment, finished/treated water from within the distribution 
    system, finished/treated water from the distribution system at the 
    location of maximum residence time or lowest disinfectant residual, 
    finished/treated water from the distribution system at the location of 
    lowest disinfectant residual, finished/treated water from household/
    drinking water tap, finished/treated water from unknown location, and 
    other finished/treated water;
        (B) for water source type, to include allowable choices of: surface 
    water from a stream or purchased surface water from a stream, surface 
    water from a lake or reservoir, or purchased surface water from a lake 
    or reservoir, ground water under the direct influence of surface water 
    or purchased ground water under the direct influence of surface water, 
    ground water or purchased ground water, and blended/mixed surface water 
    and ground water, or purchased blended/mixed surface water and ground 
    water;
        (C) for public water system facility type, to include, for the 
    purposes of UCMR, the allowable choices of: intake (for surface water 
    sources), well or wellfield (for ground water sources), treatment 
    plant, sampling point, entry point to distribution system, reservoir, 
    booster station, and unknown;
        (D) latitude of the public water system facility for source and 
    treatment plant; and
        (E) longitude of the public water system facility for source and 
    treatment plant. Additionally, the SDWIS inventory reporting 
    requirements will address associating the PWS facility identification 
    number of any sampling point with the PWS facility identification 
    number of its respective treatment plant. Furthermore, the reason that 
    the latitude and longitude of the treatment plant should be reported is 
    to allow the association of other data, such as health effects 
    information, with a point closest to the affected population, since the 
    ultimate use of the UCMR data is for input to exposure assessment in 
    determining whether or not to regulate a contaminant.
        Comments were received suggesting that EPA include the maximum 
    reporting level (MRL) in the data elements. It is not necessary to 
    include the MRL in the data elements because the MRL is specified in 
    the rule in Sec. 141.40(a)(3) Table 1. The rule wording is clarified so 
    that a particular laboratory having the capability for reliable lower 
    detection may report concentrations below the MRL.
        Some commenters had concerns about the inclusion of a presence/
    absence data element. For microbiological contaminants, this data 
    element may be needed because analytical methods do not always allow 
    for quantification of the target organism in the sample and may only 
    allow for a qualitative response, i.e., presence or absence. For 
    chemical contaminants it can be used for reporting the detection of 
    chemical contaminants below the MRL but above the MDL.
    5. How must I report this information?
        This section explains that the unregulated contaminant monitoring 
    results must be reported in electronic or in another format specified 
    by EPA, such as a template on paper that can be scanned and entered 
    into the NCOD electronically.
        A question was raised as to how EPA will be able to accept 
    electronic data from diverse laboratory information systems at the many 
    laboratories that may be reporting data. It was also suggested that EPA 
    work with States and water suppliers to develop formats to make 
    electronic submission easier. EPA is considering the development of 
    software that may be downloaded from the EPA website to enable systems 
    and their laboratories to electronically report data. This may be the 
    same electronic data form that allows PWSs to report data to NCOD/
    SDWIS.
        Some commenters indicated that the State should have the option to 
    specify an alternate reporting method, particularly with respect to 
    small systems. It was also suggested that EPA should write the rule so 
    as not to preclude reporting directly to States and EPA from the 
    laboratories for small systems, as well as for large systems. The 
    laboratory, whether EPA-approved or an EPA-designated (i.e., contract) 
    laboratory, could report to systems, States, and EPA. As noted 
    previously, EPA will report the data for small systems.
        As noted, the final rule is modified to require systems to report 
    to EPA. EPA will require electronic reporting, unless some other format 
    must be used for a particular system. This situation may be established 
    in consultation with the State and described in subsequent guidance 
    that EPA will prepare on the UCMR reporting process.
        One commenter also expressed the need for an electronic legal 
    equivalency of a signed hard copy of a laboratory report. Since there 
    is no requirement for electronic reporting of a signed laboratory 
    report, EPA will not require an electronic legal equivalency. Systems 
    may want a signed hard copy for their own records.
    6. Can the laboratory to which I send samples report the results for 
    me?
        This section states that a laboratory can report the sample 
    results, so long as it provides the system with a copy for review and 
    record keeping.
        The Agency was asked to clarify that it is the responsibility of 
    the PWS owner/operator to report data to EPA, even if the laboratory 
    reports the results. In response to comments, the rule wording has been 
    clarified to stress that the PWS is responsible for reporting 
    information and ensuring that the laboratory provides the results to 
    EPA and the State.
    7. Can I report previously collected data to meet the testing and 
    reporting requirements for the contaminants in Sec. 141.40(a)(3)?
        This paragraph was added in response to many comments received 
    requesting a provision for systems to report relevant unregulated 
    contaminant data collected before implementation of today's rule, in 
    lieu of allowing only UCMR data collected after the rule's effective 
    date. The general consensus was that some large systems may already 
    have monitored for or want to monitor before 2001 for these 
    contaminants, especially if it fits within their monitoring cycle. This 
    paragraph specifies that, as long as systems meet the requirements 
    specified in Sec. 141.40(a)(3), (4), (5) and Appendix A for monitoring 
    and in Sec. 141.35 (d) for reporting, the data collected before the 
    effective date of this rule can be submitted to meet the testing and 
    reporting requirements for the contaminants in Sec. 141.40(a)(3).
    
    [[Page 50586]]
    
    B. Section 141.40--Monitoring Requirements for Unregulated Contaminants
    
    1. Requirements for Owners and Operators of Public Water Systems
    (a) Do I have to monitor for unregulated contaminants?
        This section eliminates unregulated contaminant monitoring 
    requirements for owners and operators of transient, non-community water 
    systems. It also specifies the monitoring requirements for large 
    systems that do and do not purchase their entire water supply from 
    another system and for small systems selected for the program that do 
    and do not purchase their entire water supply from other systems.
        Today's rule describes specific monitoring requirements for large 
    and small systems that purchase their entire water supply from other 
    systems. This is in response to the many commenters who indicated that 
    PWSs using purchased water should be included in the UCMR for 
    microbiological contaminants, or other contaminants that may arise in 
    the distribution system. As a result, EPA modified the rule to require 
    that water systems that purchase all of their water will be included in 
    the UCMR for contaminants having distribution system sampling points.
    (b) How would I be selected for the monitoring under the State 
    Monitoring Plan, the screening survey, or the pre-screen testing?
        This section is basically unchanged from the proposed rule since 
    commenters broadly supported the 3-tier approach to the monitoring 
    program. It explains that only a representative sample of small 
    systems, randomly selected by EPA, will be required to conduct 
    assessment monitoring for unregulated contaminants as part of a State 
    Monitoring Plan. A subset of these systems will be randomly selected as 
    Index systems and required to submit additional information. Each State 
    will have the opportunity to modify the list of selected systems.
    (c) For which contaminants must I monitor?
        The Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring List is presented in this 
    section. It comprises List 1, the chemical contaminants to be monitored 
    under Assessment Monitoring; List 2, the chemical and microbiological 
    contaminants to be monitored under the Screening Survey; and List 3, 
    the chemical and microbiological contaminants to be monitored under 
    Pre-Screen Testing.
        In response to many comments, today's rule makes changes in the 
    contaminant lists as presented in the proposed rule. For List 1, the 
    chemicals perchlorate and acetochlor are added and the microbiological 
    contaminant Aeromonas is removed and moved to List 2. The analytical 
    methods for perchlorate and acetochlor are reserved. The methods are 
    expected to be ready in the near future, at which time, a rule revision 
    will be published for comment and promulgated to ensure these 
    contaminants can be monitored on or before January 2001. Nitrobenzene, 
    also on List 1, has an approved method, but it requires careful 
    implementation. Acetochlor (now on List 1) is removed from List 2, and 
    RDX and the radionuclide polonium-210 are added to List 2. The sampling 
    locations for List 1 and 2 contaminants are Entry Points to the 
    Distribution System (EPTDS), except for Aeromonas and polonium-210, for 
    which the sampling points are reserved until the methods are further 
    validated and promulgated. The radionuclide lead-210 is added to List 
    3. Sampling locations for the radionuclides and microogranisms are 
    reserved, as are the dates for the period during which monitoring must 
    be completed. These dates will be determined at a later time. To 
    activate monitoring for the contaminants on Lists 2 and 3, the methods 
    and related sampling requirements must be specified in future 
    rulemaking revising this regulation.
        Many commenters indicated that it would be premature to include 
    Aeromonas on List 1 since the specified method has not been 
    sufficiently field tested. It was also suggested that the rule should 
    be clear about its focus on Aeromonas the genus, not the species A. 
    hydrophila.
        In response, EPA has moved Aeromonas to List 2. The CCL specifies 
    Aeromonas hydrophila; however, the proposed analytical method 
    identifies to the level of the Aeromonas hydrophila complex, which is a 
    group of about 7 to 12 Aeromonas species. To identify to the species 
    level would increase the cost and complexity of the analysis and, given 
    funding considerations, would limit the size of the Aeromonas 
    monitoring program that could be done. Given the cost of the analyses 
    and how frequently Aeromonas has been found in previous finished water 
    surveys, a panel of EPA scientists (CCL Microbiology Meeting, 
    Cincinnati, OH, July 9, 1998) agreed that identifying to the Aeromonas 
    hydrophila complex (rather than the species) level was adequate for the 
    purpose of the UCMR. A final method has not yet been written for 
    Aeromonas. The current draft analytical method for Aeromonas, draft EPA 
    Method 1602, does not include verification tests since a final decision 
    on the inclusion of verification tests into the method will be made 
    after method validation studies. Since the method validation studies 
    have not been completed, EPA has placed Aeromonas on List 2, to be 
    monitored after the method is ready.
        In response to over 100 public comments and peer review 
    considerations addressing the inclusion of perchlorate in the UCMR, EPA 
    has added it to List 1. EPA did not originally propose monitoring for 
    perchlorate under this portion of the regulation based on three general 
    concerns: its apparent local/regional, rather than nationwide, 
    occurrence at the time EPA assembled the monitoring list; current 
    analytical methods do not adequately address potential interferences 
    from chloride, sulfate or other dissolved solids; and no laboratories 
    are certified for performing analyses using the methods for 
    perchlorate. Based on many comments that showed perchlorate occurrence 
    in many locations around the nation, EPA placed perchlorate on List 1. 
    The analytical method for perchlorate is listed as ``reserved'' in the 
    UCMR pending imminent conclusion of EPA refinement and review of the 
    analytical method. Since EPA did not initially include a perchlorate 
    analytical method in the proposal to this regulation, it will be 
    necessary for EPA to issue an additional regulation to formally propose 
    and promulgate a perchlorate analytical method prior to initiating 
    monitoring for perchlorate under the UCMR.
        Therefore, following promulgation of the UCMR (including the 
    ``reserved'' perchlorate method reference), EPA will be proposing a new 
    regulation specifying both the approved analytical method for the 
    analyses of perchlorate, and the implementation of a laboratory 
    approval system, where labs are certified to test for perchlorate. EPA 
    is currently conducting analytical methods development to support the 
    analyses of perchlorate. This new method will be based on the currently 
    available ion chromatography methods, but will include a criteria 
    detailing when a laboratory must perform a sample clean-up procedure to 
    minimize the impact of elevated concentrations of chloride, sulfate or 
    other dissolved solids. The laboratory approval system will be based 
    upon previous certification of the laboratory for the analyses of 
    compliance monitoring samples using
    
    [[Page 50587]]
    
    either EPA Method 300.0 or 300.1, and the successful analyses of a 
    perchlorate performance evaluation sample.
        EPA asked for comment on and a few commenters recommended the 
    addition of RDX (hexahydro-1,3,5-trinitro-1,3,5-triazine) to the UCMR. 
    In response, EPA has placed RDX on List 2, as its method needs further 
    refinement. EPA will propose and promulgate an analytical method for 
    RDX prior to requiring monitoring for RDX under the UCMR.
        EPA also received comments suggesting that it move acetochlor, 2,4-
    dichlorophenol and 2,4,6-trichlorophenol from List 2 to List 1, and 
    require systems to use EPA Method 525.2 to analyze for acetochlor and 
    either a new SPE/GC/MS method modified for EPA Method 525.2 or a 
    modified EPA Method 552 to analyze for the phenols. EPA has moved 
    acetochlor to List 1, since the analysis of acetochlor using EPA Method 
    525.2 is expected to be approved prior to UCMR implementation. The 
    evaluation of the use of EPA Method 525.2 will be finalized after 
    acetochlor preservation studies have been completed. EPA will propose 
    and promulgate an analytical method, likely EPA Method 525.2, for 
    acetochlor prior to requiring monitoring for acetochlor under the UCMR.
        EPA did not move 2,4-dichlorophenol and 2,4,6-trichlorophenol to 
    List 1 since the progress of method development for these contaminants 
    is not equivalent to that of acetochlor. EPA has determined that the 
    phenols are not compatible with EPA Method 525.2 and expects to require 
    a separate SPE/GC/MS method currently under development. A modification 
    to EPA Method 552 was also suggested. The suggested diazomethane 
    modification to EPA Method 552 is not an option permitted in Method 552 
    as an EPA approved method and must be evaluated, reviewed and approved 
    before allowing it to be used as an EPA method.
        As noted in this comment, dichlorophenol and 2,4,6-trichlorophenol 
    can only be analyzed using method 552, when the diazomethane used is 
    sufficiently strong. This does not lead to the type of reproducibility 
    needed to approve this method in a variety of analytical laboratories 
    that may produce diazomethane of varying strengths. If the diazomethane 
    is not as strong as that indicated in this comment, the recovery of 
    dichlorophenol can drop to 10%. In addition, 2,4,6-trichlorophenol is 
    subject to interferences caused by the derivatization product of 2,4-
    dichlorophenol, regardless of the strength of the diazomethane. Method 
    552 is not approved for the analyses of any other UCMR analytes. 
    Therefore, use of Method 552 for these 2 compounds would then require 
    the laboratory to use a separate method for the analyses of the other 
    phenols included in the UCMR. Instead of requiring 2 methods for these 
    analyses, EPA is currently conducting the method development necessary 
    to provide a solid phase extraction GC/MS method, that does not require 
    derivatization, for the analyses of all of the phenols included in the 
    UCMR as well as other phenols not currently listed. This will provide a 
    single solid phase extraction, GC/MS method for the analyses of all of 
    the phenols included in the UCMR. Therefore, 2,4-dichlorophenol and 
    2,4,6-trichlorophenol will remain on List 2.
        As suggested by several commenters, EPA has added polonium-210 and 
    lead-210 to the UCMR Lists. New information indicates that methods for 
    these contaminants may be easier to conduct than originally envisioned. 
    However, EPA research and an external expert reviewer with experience 
    with radionuclides note that the currently available methods for lead-
    210 and polonium-210 may be very time consuming and will require an 
    experienced analyst. There are also significant laboratory capacity and 
    capability concerns. Few, if any, laboratories currently performing 
    compliance drinking water radiochemistry have any experience with 
    polonium-210 or particularly lead-210. The method for lead-210, in 
    particular, needs further refinement. Therefore, EPA has added 
    polonium-210 to List 2 and lead-210 to List 3. Before requiring 
    monitoring for these contaminants, EPA will need to address issues 
    related to radionuclide laboratory capacity and certification.
        The recommendation was also made that the Agency add EPA Method 
    502.2 for the measurement of MTBE. Several public comments suggested 
    that EPA Method 502.2 was reliable, and that if it is not added, then 
    there could be added burden on PWSs using GC methods. EPA considered 
    the commenters concerns; however, the Agency is not allowing the use of 
    EPA Method 502.2 for MTBE. MTBE is not included in EPA Method 502.2 
    because MTBE cannot be reliably measured by either of the detectors 
    used in the method, and its stability has not been tested using the 
    preservatives listed in that method.
        Some commenters also suggested the use of EPA 525.2 for 
    nitrobenzene since they have problems using the methods listed in this 
    regulation. Nitrobenzene will remain on List 1 with EPA Method 524.2, 
    and voluntary consensus standard methods D5790-95 and SM6210D being 
    approved for its analysis. However, the commenters are correct that 
    some laboratories have had problems measuring nitrobenzene using these 
    methods. When laboratories do not use the three stage trap listed in 
    the method, nitrobenzene cannot be detected at reasonable 
    concentrations in either standards or samples. Since they will 
    therefore clearly fail the quality control requirements of the method, 
    data will only be generated by laboratories that can provide useful 
    data based on full method implementation. While the data provided by a 
    commenter and confirmed by current EPA methods development research 
    demonstrate that nitrobenzene can be analyzed using EPA Method 525.2, 
    the preservation of nitrobenzene using Method 525.2 conditions has not 
    been demonstrated. The methods development research needed to determine 
    that nitrobenzene can be preserved using the sampling procedures 
    specified in EPA Method 525.2 is currently being conducted. If 
    nitrobenzene is compatible with this method's preservation 
    requirements, then EPA will propose and promulgate an analytical method 
    for nitrobenzene prior to requiring monitoring for nitrobenzene.
        As for the use of EPA Method 525.2 for the analyses of 
    nitrobenzene, research recently conducted in the OGWDW laboratory 
    clearly indicated that nitrobenzene cannot be accurately analyzed using 
    Method 525.2. Recoveries of nitrobenzene were less then 10% when 
    samples were extracted using the conditions specified in method 525.2. 
    In conversations with the laboratory submitting this comment, EPA was 
    informed that the data submitted in this comment was not developed 
    using the procedures specified in EPA Method 525.2. In addition, no 
    analyte stability data is available for the storage of nitrobenzene in 
    samples preserved as specified in method 525.2 or in extracts generated 
    using method 525.2. Therefore, EPA Method 525.2 will not be approved 
    for the analyses of nitrobenzene.
        One commenter suggested that EPA Method 632 is a simple method with 
    adequate sensitivity for measuring diuron and linuron. EPA Method 632 
    is a modification of the National Pesticide Survey Method 4, which EPA 
    has found is not reliable for diuron and linuron.
        One commenter requested that an HPLC method that can measure each 
    of the two DCPA acid degradates separately be approved for their 
    analyses. However, this method was published in a journal not by EPA or
    
    [[Page 50588]]
    
    any of the consensus methods organizations. This method, to the best of 
    EPA's knowledge, is only being used in a limited number of laboratories 
    and therefore has not had the level of validation necessary for use in 
    this type of occurrence data gathering effort. In addition, since the 
    methods that were approved measure the two DCPA degradates as a single 
    analyte, approving a method that measures them differently would cause 
    concern about data reporting and interpretation.
    (d) What general monitoring requirements must I follow for List 1 
    monitoring?
        This section specifies what is generally required of all systems 
    participating in Assessment Monitoring. It also details additional 
    monitoring requirements unique to large and to small systems.
        Several commenters expressed support for collecting routine water 
    quality parameters (WQPs) and agreed that WQPs provide useful 
    information and a solid framework within which to explain and 
    understand monitoring results, especially for microbiological 
    contaminants. Several did not believe that reporting or testing of WQPs 
    is necessary, noting that WQPs are not routinely collected for all 
    systems, and expressing particular concern that small ground water 
    systems without treatment do not collect information on chlorine 
    residuals.
        Water quality parameters are important for microbiological 
    contaminants and may affect degradation of chemical contaminants. 
    However, EPA is limiting the set of additional parameters, in response 
    to comments. EPA is requiring reporting of additional parameters, as 
    appropriate to the contaminant type, including pH, turbidity, 
    temperature, and free and total disinfectant residuals. In addition, 
    today's rule specifies the contaminant type and EPA Method, Standard 
    Method, or other voluntary consensus standard that may be used to 
    measure these parameters. Small ground water systems that do not 
    disinfect would have no residuals to measure or report, so this will 
    not be a burden. Furthermore, for small systems serving 10,000 or fewer 
    persons, EPA will pay for the testing of these water quality parameters 
    as part of the testing program for unregulated contaminants.
        The monitoring requirements for large systems remain unchanged from 
    the proposed rule. Text covering small systems has been clarified (1) 
    to indicate that the State may inform small systems of sampling 
    arrangements other than those listed in this section, (2) that EPA-
    designated laboratories will provide sampling equipment, and (3) the 
    EPA will specify sample collection times.
        It was suggested that the Agency use total trihalomethane (TTHM) 
    monitoring sites for the microbiological contaminants. In general, 
    commenters requested that more explicit designations be given for 
    microbiological sampling sites. EPA has noted that it expects that 
    system specific sites of normal and maximum residence time and normal 
    and lowest chlorine residual will be designated when revisions to this 
    final rule are made for contaminants of concern in distribution 
    systems. These sites have been designated for other rules, related to 
    total coliform and total trihalomethane/disinfectant byproduct 
    sampling. Further, EPA will propose and promulgate appropriate 
    monitoring sites for microbiological contaminants prior to requiring 
    monitoring for Aeromonas and other contaminants of interest in 
    distribution systems. The TTHM monitoring sites may be appropriate and, 
    if so, will be included in the future rulemaking.
    (e) What specific sampling and quality control requirements must I 
    follow for monitoring of List 1 contaminants?
        This section details the requirements for all systems, including 
    sample collection, shipping time and reviewing and reporting results. 
    It also prohibits compositing samples. Also provided in this section 
    are requirements unique to large and small PWSs that are part of the 
    State Monitoring Plan.
        Today's text has been clarified to indicate that the State or EPA 
    may inform all systems of sampling arrangements other than those 
    specified in the rule. Other changes from the proposed rule related to 
    large systems include clarifications on the frequency of sampling for 
    chemical and microbiological contaminants conducted by surface water 
    and ground water systems, as well as expanded information on sampling 
    locations.
        Regarding small systems that are part of a State Monitoring Plan, 
    today's rule notes that the State or EPA may inform the system of 
    sampling arrangements other than those specified in the proposed rule. 
    It also notes that EPA's laboratory will send additional instructions 
    for sampling if the first sampling event was not properly conducted.
    (i) All systems
        Overall requirements for all systems relative to (A) sample 
    collection and shipping time, (B) no compositing of samples, and (C) 
    review and reporting of results were not changed from the proposed to 
    final rule.
    (ii) Large systems
        Specific sampling requirements for large systems are in this 
    section.
    (A) Timeframe
        One commenter indicated that EPA should adapt the UCMR process to 
    the 3-year compliance monitoring cycle. The rule already states that 
    coordination with the 3-year compliance monitoring cycle is 
    appropriate.
    (B) Frequency
        Many commenters were concerned that requiring ground water samples 
    6 months apart was not flexible enough to accommodate other monitoring 
    schedules. Several commenters also suggested that systems using 
    groundwater only be required to collect one sample per year because 
    ground water systems do not vary much in water quality.
        EPA has modified the rule to provide flexibility to the system to 
    pick one of the three months in the vulnerable time and then one of 
    three months 5 to 7 months earlier or later than the vulnerable time. 
    This schedule should preserve the longer time between ground water 
    samples desired for calculating an average annual concentration for 
    exposure assessment.
        EPA will maintain the two samples for ground water systems. Ground 
    water systems encompass a wide range of conditions and many utilize 
    unconfined settings that do exhibit temporal variability. To assess 
    exposure from a one-year sampling activity, most experts EPA consulted 
    and most stakeholders agreed that the program must try to capture the 
    range of contaminant concentrations that occur to ensure 
    representativeness of the results over time nationally. Two samples are 
    the minimum to estimate an average exposure; one sample will be 
    targeted toward the season of elevated concentrations (the vulnerable 
    monitoring time). Many experts and reviewers suggested more frequent 
    sampling, but the current design was deemed a reasonable compromise 
    between data needs and burden. The UCMR frequency adds one additional 
    sample over five years for a ground water site, not one every year. 
    While some systems may not exhibit much variability, and some deep 
    systems may not exhibit any synthetic contaminants, the UCMR must 
    include the full range of water system conditions to develop an 
    accurate estimate of national occurrence and exposure. Additionally, 
    with the UCMR monitoring being
    
    [[Page 50589]]
    
    coordinated with compliance monitoring (to the extent possible), 
    approximately one-third of systems affected by the rule will monitor 
    each year. Therefore, UCMR Assessment Monitoring is expected to be 
    conducted over a range of hydrologic patterns.
        This wide range of ground water conditions also effects the nature 
    of vulnerable periods. Some ground water systems show clear seasonal 
    patterns, some show different scale of variability, and some show no 
    variations (for some types of contaminants). For these new 
    contaminants, EPA set a default vulnerable period (May, June, or July) 
    that would fit the majority of vulnerable seasonal patterns around the 
    United States. Expert technical reviewers and stakeholders concurred 
    with this period. However, the State can specify a different period, 
    based on their knowledge of local conditions. EPA decided not to allow 
    systems to establish vulnerable periods because of the need for 
    national consistency to support a sound statistical approach. Allowing 
    each system to establish a vulnerable time would introduce significant 
    variability in the program implementation, contrary to the consistency 
    basis of the statistical approach for an unbiased sample. EPA decided 
    that flexibility at the State level to select an alternate vulnerable 
    monitoring time was the maximum allowable variability that should be 
    incorporated into the implementation of the program.
    (C) Location
        A few commenters suggested that EPA allow source water monitoring, 
    particularly in States where source water monitoring is used as a more 
    stringent location for compliance monitoring. In related comments, the 
    Agency was asked to provide further information about entry points to 
    the distribution system (EPTDS), particularly with respect to 
    groundwater systems with multiple wellhead and/or using multiple 
    aquifers, suggesting that representative samples might be collected 
    instead of from every entry point.
        The sampling location for chemical contaminants is given on List 1 
    as the EPTDS and is now further defined to include the compliance 
    monitoring point specified by the State or EPA under 40 CFR Part 141. 
    In implementing compliance monitoring, the States and EPA have made 
    determinations of where representative samples are collected, and this 
    rule will incorporate these determinations and be consistent with 
    ongoing monitoring. However, if the compliance monitoring point 
    specified by the State is a source (raw) water site, and a UCMR 
    contaminant is detected, then sampling must be conducted at the EPTDS 
    unless the State or EPA determines that no treatment or processing was 
    in place that would affect the measurement of the contaminants. In that 
    case, the additional sampling at the EPTDS would not be required.
    (D) Sampling instructions
        This section did not change and EPA did not receive any comments on 
    it.
    (E) Testing and analytical methods
        Several commenters raised questions about the process for 
    laboratory certification under the rule. As noted in the rule, 
    laboratories are automatically certified for the analysis of UCMR 
    chemicals if they are already certified to conduct compliance 
    monitoring for a chemical included in the same method being approved 
    for UCMR analysis. Since the Standard Methods, ASTM, and AOAC methods 
    approved in the UCMR use the same technology as the EPA method listed 
    for the same analyte, laboratories certified for compliance monitoring 
    using the EPA method may also use any of these methods approved for the 
    same analyte. As the method to be used for the analysis of perchlorate 
    will be based upon the currently available single analyte methods for 
    the analysis of perchlorate, EPA will need to conduct a performance 
    evaluation study of labs to approve them for perchlorate monitoring 
    before January 2001. Details of this approval system will be included 
    in a public notice and comment period prior to conducting approval for 
    perchlorate analysis.
    (F) Sampling deviations
        This section did not change and EPA did not receive any comments on 
    it.
    (G) Testing
        This section did not change and EPA did not receive any comments on 
    it.
    (iii) Small systems that are part of the State Monitoring Plan
        In the Preamble of the proposed rule, EPA asked for public comment 
    on whether a random selection of small systems across the nation was 
    appropriate for a representative sample of small systems or a targeted 
    sampling approach based on prior information about contaminant 
    occurrence or use should be applied. Most commenters, and particularly 
    expert technical reviewers, addressing this issue supported the random 
    selection of systems as an unbiased, scientifically sound approach.
        EPA determined after consulting statisticians inside and outside 
    EPA that a targeted approach would increase sampling errors unless the 
    sample size is increased. A random sample is necessary to provide small 
    system data roughly equivalent to large system data. Further 
    stratification could introduce non-random sampling errors unless the 
    sample size is increased. Targeted monitoring may also miss the target 
    area if little is known about the actual location of use of a 
    contaminant or if the contaminant is used beyond the specified target 
    area. Additionally, surface waters will carry contaminants beyond the 
    target area to surface water supplied drinking water systems downstream 
    that need to be considered for UCMR monitoring. Also, targeting would 
    be very difficult with the number of contaminants the UCMR is designed 
    to measure. Finally, stratified sampling also requires extensive 
    knowledge about a variety of factors beyond the fate and transport of a 
    contaminant in the environment.
    (A) Frequency
        Comments and EPA response were addressed under (ii) Large Systems, 
    above.
    (B) Location
        Comments and EPA response were addressed under (ii) Large Systems, 
    above.
    (C) Sampling deviations
        State commenters asked about resampling if sampling errors 
    occurred. EPA modified this paragraph to include provisions for 
    resampling using additional instructions from the State or EPA.
    (D) Sample kits
        No comments were received on this section. It is unchanged.
    (E) Sampling instructions
        States indicated that some flexibility was needed within a month's 
    timeframe to accommodate changes in sampling schedules that could not 
    be accounted for up-front. In response, EPA changed the specifications. 
    The State Plan will specify the year and day, plus or minus 2 weeks, to 
    allow flexibility and/or to account for changes related to the State's 
    determination of an alternate vulnerable sampling period. The State may 
    pick another year and day to coincide with compliance monitoring.
    (F) Duplicate samples
        No comments were received on this section. It is unchanged.
    
    [[Page 50590]]
    
    (G) Sampling forms
        No comments were received on this section. It is unchanged.
    (H) Sample submission
        At least ten States expressed concerns about the ability of small 
    system owner/operators to properly collect samples for UCMR 
    requirements, which would, therefore, affect the quality of the UCMR 
    results. These States suggested that they could collect UCMR samples 
    for systems in the State Monitoring Plans since, in most States, the 
    number of small systems would be limited, and some of them already 
    conduct compliance field sampling for small systems.
        The rule allows for States to sample. States can address field 
    sampling in their Memorandum of Agreement between the State and EPA. 
    EPA would welcome the assistance of States in collecting samples from 
    small systems to ensure high quality data for future decisions 
    concerning whether or not to regulate unregulated contaminants.
    (f) What additional requirements must I follow if my system is selected 
    as an Index system?
        This section explains that systems selected as Index systems must 
    help EPA or the State identify appropriate sampling locations and 
    provide information on the wells and intakes that are in use at the 
    time of sampling, on well casing and screen depths (if known) for those 
    wells, and the pumping rate of each well or intake at the time of 
    sampling. However, EPA will provide field technical support to collect 
    samples at index systems and assist the systems with compilation of 
    this information, as well as reporting these data.
        Comments were supportive and no substantive changes were made to 
    this section.
    (g) What must I do if my system is selected for the Screening Survey or 
    Pre-Screen Testing?
        This section explains what is required of large and small systems 
    selected to participate in the Screening Survey or in Pre-Screen 
    Testing. Today's rule notes that large systems must report test results 
    to States and EPA. EPA will be developing guidance for this reporting 
    process.
    (h) What is a violation of this rule?
        EPA added a new Sec. 141.40(a)(8) that clarifies violations of this 
    rule. This clarification will help public water systems understand the 
    consequences of a failure to monitor. The changes state that any 
    failure to monitor or report will be a monitoring or reporting 
    violation.
    2. Requirements for State and Tribal Participation
    (a) How can I as the director of a State or Tribal drinking water 
    program participate in unregulated contaminant monitoring, including 
    the State Monitoring Plan for small systems, and the Screening Survey 
    and Pre-Screen Testing of all systems?
        Today's final rule incorporates a variety of changes from the 
    proposed rule in response to public comments. Many comments were 
    received requesting that EPA directly implement the UCMR, rather than 
    require States to obtain primacy. In response to these comments, 
    adoption of this rule is no longer a condition of maintaining PWS 
    primacy. EPA will proceed with direct implementation. However, EPA 
    recognizes the important role of the States in this program and has 
    modified the rule to encourage States and EPA to enter into Memoranda 
    of Agreement (MOA) to facilitate State participation and 
    implementation. EPA also recognizes that, in the absence of the option 
    for an MOA, the three-tier monitoring approach of the UCMR would 
    require States to apply for primacy revisions under this program three 
    separate times (separately for each of the three lists) over five 
    years; moreover, the primacy application period extends beyond the 
    start of monitoring for each of the three tiers. Through the MOA, EPA 
    and the State may also address other aspects of this final rule's 
    implementation, including compliance tracking and enforcement.
        This section explains that the director of a State or Tribal 
    drinking water program can complete an MOA with EPA that describes the 
    State's or Tribe's activities in accepting or modifying the initial 
    monitoring plan, determining an alternative vulnerable time for 
    sampling, modifying the timing of monitoring, identifying sampling 
    points for small systems, notifying large and small systems of their 
    monitoring responsibilities, providing instructions to systems that are 
    part of the State Monitoring Plan, and participating in the Screening 
    Survey and Pre-Screen Testing.
        Regarding the initial plan, EPA will specify the small systems, 
    rather than just their number, and the year and day plus or minus two 
    weeks--rather than the week, month, and year in the proposed rule--that 
    each small system must monitor for List 1 contaminants. A State can 
    request that a system which purchases all its water from another 
    system, as clarified in today's rule, be removed from the initial 
    monitoring list, except if it is required to monitor for contaminants 
    in the distribution system.
        Public comments also suggested that States be allowed to remove 
    systems from the monitoring list for justifiable and compelling 
    reasons. States may remove systems from the plan if the systems have 
    closed, merged, or purchase all of their water from another system. 
    However, in response to comments, purchased water systems may be 
    selected to monitor contaminants in the distribution system, since 
    purchased water systems tend to have locations furthest from the 
    treatment plant. In these cases, they would be added to the plan as 
    sampling points in the distribution system for the systems first 
    selected. In a change from the proposed rule, States may now remove 
    systems from the list for other reasons, subject to review by EPA, as 
    long as the decision to remove systems from the list is not based on 
    contaminant occurrence, non-occurrence, or potential vulnerability of a 
    system to a contaminant. Not removing systems based on prior or 
    presumed information about contaminants preserves the statistical 
    principle of an unbiased sample.
        A State must explain in the State Plan sent to EPA why it believes 
    a system should be removed, but the final decision rests with EPA, as 
    EPA is responsible for ensuring the integrity of the national 
    representative sample.
        Systems are expected to monitor between May 1 and July 31, as the 
    default vulnerable period, but today's rule allows a State to determine 
    if there is a different period when any of the small systems in the 
    initial plan, or any of the large systems that must monitor, are more 
    vulnerable to contamination. If so, a State must notify the affected 
    systems of when they are to take samples. If a State changes the 
    vulnerable time for monitoring, the rule now indicates, in response to 
    comments, that the State should also consider that the effects on 
    modifying the timing of monitoring. The States would notify EPA of 
    their determination through the submission of their revised Plan to 
    EPA.
        The proposed rule required States to provide EPA with plans for 
    notifying each PWS selected in the initial or modified monitoring plan 
    of their responsibilities and to provide them with instructions for 
    monitoring. Under today's rule, establishing the State role of 
    informing systems of their responsibilities is part of the State-EPA 
    MOA.
    
    [[Page 50591]]
    
        As was the case under the proposed rule, a State entering an MOA 
    with EPA must provide instructions to systems that are part of the 
    State Monitoring Plan implementation; EPA will provide guidance on the 
    instructions. Today's final rule adds new language requiring a State to 
    inform EPA at least 6 months before the first monitoring is to occur if 
    the State plans to do the sampling or to make alternative arrangements 
    for the sampling at systems in the plan. The State also must address 
    the alternative monitoring arrangements in the MOA with EPA. These 
    alternative monitoring arrangements could include the State sampling at 
    small systems, a change from, but not precluded in, the proposed rule.
        Today's rule enables States, through a State-EPA MOA, to 
    participate in Screening Survey monitoring by small systems as well as 
    large systems. To participate, a State must review its State Monitoring 
    Plan to ensure that no systems have closed, merged, or purchase water 
    from other systems (unless the system is to conduct microbiological 
    monitoring) and then make any necessary changes. States also must 
    notify selected systems of the Screening Survey requirements.
        Under today's rule, States may participate in Pre-Screen Testing in 
    two ways. First, within 60 days of receiving EPA's letter concerning 
    the initiation of Pre-Screen Testing for specific contaminants, a 
    participating State must identify between 5 and 25 systems determined 
    to be representative of the systems most vulnerable to the List 3 
    contaminants. Second, if Pre-Screen Testing is part of the MOA, a State 
    now must notify each selected system's owner or operator of the Pre-
    Screen Testing requirements.
        Today's rule also notes that if a State decides not to prepare an 
    MOA with EPA to develop the State Monitoring Plan for small systems, 
    the initial plan provided by EPA will become the State Monitoring Plan 
    for a State or Tribe. Under the proposed rule, the initial plan became 
    the State plan if a State did not accept the initial plan or submit a 
    request to EPA to modify the initial plan within 60 days.
        A commenter raised concerns about whether Tribal systems would be 
    selected in a random manner to avoid bias toward selecting vulnerable 
    systems. EPA will select Tribal systems at random. The rule treats 
    Tribal systems the same as other systems with equal probability of 
    selection.
        A commenter was concerned about who would inform systems of their 
    responsibility to monitor. As noted above, the State still plays a 
    critical role in the successful implementation of the program, 
    including informing the systems. If the State elects not to enter into 
    an MOA, EPA will inform systems of their responsibilities.
        Several commenters asked whether States should review List 2 
    systems in the representative sample at a later date to check the 
    status of the systems prior to the Screening Survey. A provision has 
    been made for later State review of List 2 systems in the State Plan to 
    check system status that may have changed since the initial review.
    (b) What if I decide not to enter into an MOA?
        This is a new section not included in the proposed rule, although 
    it responds to the previous recognition in the proposed rule that a 
    State may not desire to engage in the process of preparing a State 
    Monitoring Plan. This section indicates that EPA will carry out the 
    functions that the State could have conducted.
    (c) Can I add contaminants to the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring 
    List?
        This section explains how seven or more State governors can 
    petition the EPA Administrator to add one or more contaminants to the 
    Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring List.
        Except for the numbering of this subsection, it is unchanged from 
    the proposed rule.
    (d) Can I waive monitoring requirements?
        This section explains that monitoring requirements can be waived 
    only with EPA approval and only under very limited conditions.
        Except for the numbering of this subsection, it is unchanged from 
    the proposed rule.
        A few commenters inquired as to whether EPA would allow individual 
    systems to be waived from monitoring. The statute only provides for 
    State-wide waivers.
    
    C. Appendix A--Quality Control Requirements for Testing All Samples 
    Collected Under Sec. 141.40
    
        This appendix specifies the requirements that a system must follow 
    to control the quality of samples collected and submitted under 
    Sec. 141.40. Areas covered are sample collection/preservation, method 
    detection limit, calibration, reagent blank analysis, quality control 
    sample, matrix spike and duplicate, internal standard calibration, 
    method performance test, detection confirmation, and reporting.
        In response to public comments, a few minor technical modifications 
    have been made to the Appendix, modifying specifications for 
    calibration, matrix spikes and matrix spike duplicates, and the number 
    of significant digits specified for MRLs.
    
    D. Section 142.15--Reports by States
    
        Section 142.15(c)(3) is replaced in its entirety by the term 
    ``Reserved'' in today's final regulation because States will not go 
    through a primacy revision process but may be reviewing the data for 
    quality control purposes before EPA places them in the NCOD. The 
    wording in the proposed rule is, therefore, not included.
    
    E. Section 142.16--Special Primacy Requirements
    
        Section 142.16(e) is revised to delete references to Sec. 141.40 
    that are no longer relevant.
    
    VIII. General Issues From Public Comment and EPA Response
    
        Several additional issues were raised during the technical peer 
    review and public comment processes. They are summarized and addressed 
    next.
    
    A. Data Quality
    
        One commenter indicated that data quality objectives should 
    determine confidence bounds for occurrence and exposure estimates and 
    that resulting DQOs should be maintained for all system sizes. Many 
    data quality specifications, such as confidence levels for the 
    representative sample, are presented in F., Representative sample of 
    systems serving 10,000 persons or fewer. EPA will publish other Data 
    Quality Objectives for the UCMR in the Quality Assurance Project Plan 
    for the program.
        Commenters indicated that EPA should give balanced attention to 
    both false negatives and false positives in establishing analytical 
    methods and quality control procedures for the contaminants on the UCMR 
    List. The Agency has evaluated analytical methods developed by both EPA 
    and other voluntary consensus standards organizations that publish 
    analytical methods, such as Standard Methods and the American Society 
    for Testing and Materials. The Agency has not approved analytical 
    methods published only in analytical journals or methods that use 
    techniques that cannot routinely be used by all drinking water analysis 
    laboratories (e.g., acid, base/neutral fractionation, or packed column 
    gas chromatography). Because control of ``false negatives'' is 
    essential to the quality of the data collected under this
    
    [[Page 50592]]
    
    final regulation, documentation of the contaminants' stability under 
    the sample and extract holding conditions specified in the analytical 
    method were also evaluated.
    
    B. EPA Funding for Small System Testing
    
        Commenters were concerned about small system testing for which EPA 
    is to pay the costs. They suggested that if there is reduced funding, 
    then EPA should reduce the list, sampling frequency or number of 
    systems sampled. EPA currently has sufficient funds for this rule. If 
    for some reason, funds are reduced, EPA will consider a range of 
    options to respond to this circumstance, but in all cases would ensure 
    that the rule would not impose a significant economic impact on small 
    entities.
    
    C. Lab Certification
    
        Commenters were concerned that EPA needs to identify steps and 
    procedures necessary to maintain certification for unregulated 
    contaminant analysis and clarify how States are to certify laboratories 
    in time for implementation of the rule. EPA will maintain the process 
    for laboratory certification as it is. The rule provides an automatic 
    certification of laboratories that are certified for the same methods 
    applied to at least one other contaminant. No separate certification is 
    required under the current UCMR.
    
    D. Research
    
        Commenters indicated that EPA should commit research funds for 
    Aeromonas and preservation process studies. EPA is developing a 
    detailed research agenda with its Office of Research and Development in 
    support of the contaminants on the CCL.
    
    E. Regulation Format
    
        Some State commenters indicated that they may not be able to 
    incorporate this regulation by reference because it is in question-and-
    answer format. EPA is no longer requiring States to have primacy to 
    implement the UCMR, so the States will not have to incorporate the UCMR 
    into their regulations. However, States will still be able to 
    participate in the State Monitoring Plan as specified in a Memorandum 
    of Agreement between the State and EPA.
    
    F. Voluntary Data Submittal
    
        One commenter indicated that EPA should encourage voluntary source 
    water data if standardized methods were utilized to substantiate 
    treatment needs. EPA will pursue obtaining data from other reliable 
    sources since additional data will help inform decision processes. 
    Source water data are available from other agencies.
    
    IX. Other Changes Related to the Regulation
    
    A. Implementation of the Rule
    
        Implementation issues addressed in today's final rule include 
    setting an effective date, instituting a memorandum of agreement (MOA) 
    process with interested States; establishing the laboratory testing 
    program; continuing research on methods development; determining the 
    representative national sample and associated State Plans; conducting 
    the sampling, analysis, and reporting; and allowing previously 
    collected monitoring data. The UCMR program, as revised by today's 
    final rule, is illustrated in Figure 1, ``Unregulated Contaminant 
    Monitoring Approach.'' A critical part of this program is funding the 
    testing of samples from the national representative sample of small 
    systems.
    
    BILLING CODE 6560-50-P
    
    [[Page 50593]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17SE99.002
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 6560-50-C
    
    [[Page 50594]]
    
    1. Setting an Effective Date
        EPA has testing methods which are expected to give reliable and 
    reproducible results for 10 of the contaminants on the UCMR Monitoring 
    List to be tested for under Assessment Monitoring. These methods are 
    widely used in the drinking water industry, although not necessarily 
    for the listed contaminants. Testing for these contaminants, and other 
    information about them, will help EPA determine whether to regulate 
    them. Results of the UCMR testing should be available before the next 
    revision of the CCL, in February 2003. Additionally, prior to 
    initiation of the monitoring resulting from this rule, EPA must 
    establish laboratory analysis contracts with laboratories that will do 
    the testing and associated activities (including setting up a database 
    and electronic reporting process) establish Memoranda of Agreement with 
    States to implement the rule, and develop the national representative 
    sample and send each State its allocation for review. Therefore, EPA 
    has set January 1, 2001, as the effective date of the UCMR program, 
    approximately16 months from the promulgation of this final rule. 
    Shortly after this rule is promulgated, EPA will issue another 
    rulemaking for public comment to add methods for perchlorate and 
    acetochlor which were not previously on List 1. This action will allow 
    these contaminants to be tested in 2001 and may allow data collected 
    prior to the effective date to be used to meet the requirements of this 
    final rule.
        The 16-month period will enable States to enter into MOAs with EPA 
    to provide support for the implementation of this final rule, to review 
    the initial State Monitoring Plans, and to inform small PWSs of their 
    selection and their responsibilities for monitoring. EPA will use this 
    time to establish its laboratory program to test samples from small 
    systems. Analytical methods are already in use for the contaminants to 
    be tested for under Assessment Monitoring, so 16 months should be 
    sufficient for laboratories that serve large systems to organize and 
    implement the testing program, especially given the assistance provided 
    by the methods and quality control manual. EPA is working to ensure 
    that the manual and the contaminant occurrence reporting guidance 
    documents are available to allow the program's implementation at that 
    time. The requirements for small systems and the sampling and quality 
    control procedures for all systems are specified in Sec. 141.40(a)(3), 
    (4), and (5) and in Appendix A. Figure 2 shows the timing of the major 
    components and activities supporting the UCMR program.
    
    BILLING CODE 6560-50-P
    
    [[Page 50595]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17SE99.003
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 6560-50-C
    
    [[Page 50596]]
    
    2. Analytical Methods for the Testing Program
        The required methods are identified in today's rule at 
    Sec. 141.40(a)(3), Table 1, ``Assessment Monitoring.'' Additional 
    sampling and quality control requirements can be found in 
    Sec. 141.40(a)(4) and (5) and in Appendix A. Large systems are required 
    to follow the methods and procedures in Sec. 141.40(a)(3), (4), (5) and 
    Appendix A. Laboratories that test samples from small systems will also 
    have to comply with Sec. 141.40(a)(3), (4), (5), and Appendix A.
        EPA has prepared guidance documents to help large systems organize 
    and conduct their unregulated contaminant testing programs. The 
    Agency's draft sampling guidance, ``UCMR Guidance for Operators of 
    Systems Serving 10,000 or Fewer Persons'' provides details on sampling 
    requirements. The Agency's ``Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring 
    Regulation Analytical Methods and Quality Control Manual'' provides 
    detailed guidance on specific method requirements related to the 
    unregulated contaminants on the monitoring list and on quality control 
    for all testing under this program.
    3. Testing Program for Large Systems
        Implementation of today's rule will result in Assessment Monitoring 
    for List 1 contaminants only (including perchlorate and acetochlor, for 
    which methods will be addressed in a separate rulemaking shortly). 
    Analytical methods are in use for these contaminants, and EPA plans to 
    review laboratories' procedures for their testing during Assessment 
    Monitoring because of this program's stringent data-quality 
    requirements.
        The Agency anticipates that the contaminants on List 2, for the 
    Screening Survey, may be monitored during the 5-year listing cycle 
    through a separate rulemaking. EPA will select a statistically valid 
    random sample of about 150 large systems to provide samples to a 
    limited number of EPA-approved laboratories. The Agency's approval will 
    depend on a variety of factors, including its evaluation of (1) 
    laboratory capability, (2) test results of blind samples, (3) 
    experience with similar methodologies, (4) willingness to accept 
    samples from any PWS required to monitor under this regulation, and (5) 
    provision of the testing for List 2 (and List 3) contaminants at a 
    reasonable cost to large systems required to monitor.
        Large systems selected for the Screening Survey (or Pre-Screen 
    Testing for List 3 contaminants) will be notified by the State or EPA 
    before the dates established for collecting and submitting samples to 
    determine the presence of contaminants on List 2. For List 2 and 3 
    contaminants, large systems must send samples to laboratories approved 
    by EPA.
    4. Testing Program for Small Systems
        Based on a competitive selection process, EPA will designate one to 
    five laboratories that will test Assessment Monitoring samples from 
    approximately 800 small systems in the State Monitoring Plans and, from 
    the index systems, over the program's 5-year cycle. The laboratories 
    will need to be able to provide all necessary sampling equipment to 
    these systems, complete yet easy-to-follow instructions on the 
    equipment's use, and appropriate sample preservation and testing 
    services. They also will have to report electronically the test results 
    to EPA and, in an alternate format specified by EPA if necessary, the 
    PWSs, and provide a copy to the States, according to the reporting 
    requirements of today's rule.
        EPA will review and evaluate laboratory procedures to ensure that 
    sufficient testing and data quality standards are met. Today's 
    requirements and the final ``UCMR Analytical Methods and Quality 
    Control Manual'' would be part of the testing contracts that EPA 
    expects to sign with the selected laboratories.
        Once a future rule is finalized to implement the Screening Survey 
    for List 2 contaminants, EPA will select a statistically valid random 
    sample of 150 small systems to provide samples during the two to three 
    years in the middle of the 5-year cycle. The laboratories that test for 
    List 1 contaminants for small systems will also test for contaminants 
    on List 2.
    5. Continued Development of Analytical Methods
        EPA has yet to establish analytical methods for List 2 and List 3 
    contaminants that can be used widely and at reasonable cost. The Agency 
    is establishing, through its Office of Research and Development, a 
    research program to identify such methods. As analytical methods for 
    the List 2 and List 3 contaminants are developed, EPA will propose and 
    promulgate them as a revision to today's rule and solicit public 
    comments on them. In addition to specifying the analytical methods to 
    be used, these future revisions will establish sampling locations, 
    minimum reporting levels applicable to the contaminants, and the dates 
    sampling is to occur.
    6. Determining the Representative National Sample and State Monitoring 
    Plans
        EPA requires only a representative sample of up to 800 small 
    systems to monitor for the presence of unregulated contaminants in 
    their drinking water. No later than 6 months prior to the start of 
    Assessment Monitoring, EPA will identify, through a statistical 
    selection process using a random number generator, up to 800 small 
    systems (from approximately 65,600 community and non-transient non-
    community water systems) and at least 800 alternate systems in case 
    replacements are needed. Each system will have an approximately equal 
    chance of being selected based on its source water type (ground water 
    or surface water) and size category (25 to 500, 501 to 3,300, or 3,301 
    to 10,000 persons served). EPA will notify each State, tribe, and 
    territory of the selected systems or the systems themselves (i.e., the 
    initial State Monitoring Plan) and the alternates within its 
    jurisdiction.
        Each State, tribe and territory can enter into a Memorandum of 
    Agreement (MOA) with EPA to participate in the monitoring program, 
    which will include development and implementation of the State 
    Monitoring Plan. Each State, Tribe, and Territory will have 60 days to 
    review its initial plan and (1) accept the plan as its State Monitoring 
    Plan and inform EPA of that; (2) propose to EPA deletions from and 
    additions to the initial plan, and explain the reasons for the changes, 
    in order to create the State Monitoring Plan; or (3) choose not to 
    participate in an MOA to develop the State Monitoring Plan, in which 
    case, the initial plan sent to the State will become the final State 
    Monitoring Plan.
        A State, Tribe, or Territory that chooses option 1 or 2 must also 
    inform EPA of how and when it will notify the selected systems of their 
    responsibilities for monitoring, along with any necessary modifications 
    to the timing of sampling related to vulnerable period determinations 
    or to coordinate with compliance monitoring, at the State's discretion. 
    A State may also choose an alternative ``most vulnerable time'' for its 
    systems to sample if systems are most vulnerable to contamination by 
    unregulated contaminants during a period other than May through July, 
    as specified in today's rule. States that choose option 3 may still 
    elect to notify the selected systems and provide the necessary 
    information about their monitoring responsibilities as long as EPA is 
    notified 6 months prior to the
    
    [[Page 50597]]
    
    first unregulated contaminant monitoring.
        The systems randomly chosen by EPA to be index systems will also be 
    specified in each State's initial plan. Any required replacements for 
    the index systems will come from a list of randomly selected alternates 
    included in the plan. EPA expects to provide, through the laboratories 
    selected to test for unregulated contaminants, contractor support in 
    collecting, shipping, and testing samples and in gathering additional 
    information to support these index systems.
        The Agency's procedures for selecting index systems is described in 
    a technical document, ``National Representative Sample and State Plans 
    for Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring at Public Water Systems Serving 
    10,000 or Fewer Persons.''
        Although monitoring for List 2 contaminants is not required by 
    today's rule, EPA will provide with the initial State Monitoring Plans 
    a list of systems that would monitor for List 2 contaminants once a 
    future rule implementing the Screening Survey is promulgated. The 
    Agency will select randomly about 180 small systems and 120 large 
    systems when it prepares the initial plans. States will review these 
    systems at the same time they review their initial plans. EPA believes 
    that the analytical methods for List 2 contaminants will be ready for 
    use during the first 3 years of the 5-year listing cycle and that the 
    Screening Survey will be undertaken during that period.
        For the Pre-Screen Testing, each State may specify 5 to 25 systems 
    that are representative of systems most vulnerable to the contaminants 
    on List 3. EPA will determine the exact number of systems to be 
    selected in each State based on the population served by community and 
    non-transient non-community water systems. Each State must add to its 
    monitoring plan any small systems selected for Pre-Screen Testing and 
    will notify EPA of their addition.
    7. Specifying the Vulnerable Monitoring Period
        Each State may modify the vulnerable monitoring period specified in 
    Sec. 141.40(a)(5)(ii)(B) for a single system, a group of systems, or 
    all systems selected to perform monitoring. In changing the vulnerable 
    period, the State may consider environmental, precipitation, and 
    system-specific factors. For small systems in the State Monitoring 
    Plan, changes in the vulnerable time must be included in the Plan.
    8. Conducting the Sampling
        All selected systems must monitor for the unregulated contaminants 
    on List 1 and should coordinate, at State discretion and to the extent 
    practical, with their compliance monitoring schedule for regulated 
    chemicals. For small systems in State Monitoring Plans, States may also 
    select an alternative year and day, plus or minus two weeks, within the 
    3 year monitoring time frame for Assessment Monitoring as long as 
    approximately one-third of the systems in the State Monitoring Plan 
    monitor in each year of the 3 year period. Surface water-supplied 
    systems must monitor for chemical contaminants every 3 months during a 
    12-month period, and ground water-supplied systems must monitor for 
    them once approximately every 6 months during a 12-month period of 
    every 5-year testing cycle beginning in the years indicated in column 6 
    of UCMR Table 1, List 1, Sec. 141.40(a)(3). One sample must be taken at 
    each post-treatment distribution system entry point or other 
    representative sampling point designated by the State for compliance 
    monitoring under 40 CFR 141.24(f) representing all principal, non-
    emergency water sources in use during the 12-month period, or at each 
    distribution sampling point, during May to July unless the State 
    identifies a period when one, some, or all of its systems are more 
    vulnerable to contamination by List 1 chemicals.
        For microbiological contaminants, a PWS must monitor at a site in 
    the distribution system that represents the water supplied to the 
    system's customers and at a site in the distribution system that has 
    the maximum residence time or lowest disinfectant residual, depending 
    on the contaminant. This also would apply to PWS that purchase their 
    water supply from another system. One set of samples must be taken 
    during the system's most vulnerable time, defined as May 1 through July 
    31 in today's final rule, or at a time designated by the State as the 
    must vulnerable period, and another set of samples must be taken 
    approximately 5-7 months before or after.
        The 5-year unregulated contaminant listing cycle can be coordinated 
    with the 3-year compliance monitoring schedule by starting the next 5-
    year monitoring round in January 2001 and taking UCM samples when 
    compliance sampling is performed, regardless of where the 3-year cycle 
    is in a particular State. Sampling in the rest of the State would occur 
    during the next 2 years, following the State's compliance monitoring 
    schedule. Even though a system is not sampled for regulated 
    contaminants during the 5-year UCMR listing cycle, it may be required 
    to monitor for unregulated contaminants during that time.
    9. Establishing Sampling Points
        Today's rule specifies that sampling must be done at entry points 
    to the distribution system, or at sampling points designated by the 
    State to be representative compliance monitoring sites under 40 CFR 
    141.24 (f)(1), (2), or (3). For systems that are required to monitor 
    source (raw) water for compliance purposes, the UCMR program 
    accommodates these compliance sites in the following way: If sampling 
    and testing at source water compliance sampling points results in 
    detection of any UCMR List 1 contaminants, then Assessment Monitoring 
    must shift to entry points to the distribution system for unregulated 
    contaminants unless there is no treatment.
    10. Large Systems
        For Assessment Monitoring, large systems will follow the sampling 
    requirements in Sec. 141.40. They are explained further in the draft 
    methods and quality control manual.
    11. Systems in State Monitoring Plans
        EPA's ``UCMR Guidance for Operators of Public Water Systems Serving 
    10,000 or Fewer Persons'' explains the responsibilities of PWSs that 
    are part of the representative sample and State Monitoring Plan. It 
    also explains further the requirements for operators of small systems, 
    which are found at Sec. 141.40(a)(3), (4), (5) and Appendix A, and 
    addresses sampling including frequency and location, receipt and use of 
    sampling equipment, shipping samples to laboratories, reviewing the 
    results, and reporting. States can use the guidance to give monitoring 
    schedules and instructions to systems when informing them of their 
    responsibility to participate in the representative sample and State 
    Monitoring Plan.
        Small systems that are part of a State Monitoring Plan must sample 
    at the locations specified in the regulation, similar to the other 
    systems described previously. EPA will inform the competitively 
    selected laboratories about which systems are included in the State 
    Monitoring Plans and should therefore receive sampling equipment.
        Ten percent of the systems in the State Monitoring Plans will be 
    randomly selected to collect duplicate samples for quality control 
    purposes. These samples will be collected using the same
    
    [[Page 50598]]
    
    procedures as those for the first sample collection.
    12. Screening Survey
        The Screening Survey is not part of today's rule. Today's rule only 
    publishes the UCMR (1999) List 2 contaminants that systems will monitor 
    for once the necessary analytical methods are developed, peer reviewed, 
    proposed, and promulgated. When the methods are ready, EPA will issue a 
    rule requiring large and small PWSs to collect water samples and submit 
    them for testing to determine the presence of specified contaminants. 
    EPA will pay for the shipping and testing of samples collected by small 
    systems in State Monitoring Plans.
    13. Pre-Screen Testing
        Except for publishing the List 3 contaminants as part of the 
    revised UCMR (1999) list, Pre-Screen Testing is not part of today's 
    rule. Once analytical methods for these contaminants are developed, 
    peer reviewed, proposed and promulgated. EPA will promulgate a rule 
    specifying the sample locations and dates, analytical methods to be 
    used, and minimum reporting levels.
        Pre-Screen Testing will be a limited sampling and testing effort, 
    conducted under controlled conditions. EPA will ask States to identify, 
    within 90 days of the request, 5 to 25 large and small systems 
    vulnerable to List 3 contaminants so that EPA will have a national set 
    of up to 200 systems to collect samples. The Agency intends to use the 
    results of this testing to determine whether a more representative 
    monitoring effort should be made through Assessment Monitoring or a 
    Screening Survey. Although the samples will come from the most 
    vulnerable systems in the country'and not from a statistically valid, 
    randomly selected group of systems'EPA could decide to regulate one or 
    more of the List 3 contaminants if monitoring and other available 
    information shows a clear and present threat to public health.
        Persons taking samples to be tested for certain contaminants may 
    require specific training and skills to ensure the integrity of the 
    samples. In such cases, EPA may contract for sampling services, and the 
    PWS owner/operator would be required only to provide access to the 
    sampling locations.
        The Agency will pay for shipping and testing samples from small 
    systems participating in the Pre-Screen Testing. EPA will forward 
    testing results for review by the PWSs and States before posting them 
    on the NCOD where the public can access them. Large systems will pay 
    for sampling, shipping, and testing at EPA-approved laboratories, and 
    they will report the results to EPA and provide a copy to the State. 
    EPA will enter the data into the NCOD.
    14. Testing
        As explained previously, EPA has prepared a methods and quality 
    control manual for taking samples and analyzing them for contaminants 
    on the monitoring list. The manual covers the requirements found in 
    Sec. 141.40(a)(3), (4), and (5) and Appendix A. EPA will make the 
    manual available to systems, States and other interested parties in 
    hard copy and on the Internet. Laboratories testing for unregulated 
    contaminants at the request of PWSs will need to follow the 
    requirements of Sec. 141.40 and Appendix A. EPA plans to establish a 
    program to review methods implementation and performance of the 
    participating laboratories.
        For small PWSs in State Monitoring Plans, EPA will identify through 
    competitive bids one to five laboratories that will test their water 
    samples for the presence of unregulated contaminants. The Agency is 
    doing this so it can pay for the testing of samples from small PWSs. 
    Later this year, EPA will seek bids from laboratories that wish to be 
    considered for this effort. The first samples are expected to be 
    available for testing after January 1, 2001.
        For large systems required to test for contaminants on Lists 2 and 
    3, EPA will open a process to approve on a competitive basis, a limited 
    number of laboratories for these analyses. This approval process will 
    occur as EPA specifies methods for Lists 2 and 3 contaminants.
    15. Reporting Requirements
        The results of contaminant testing will have to be reported along 
    with the 17 data elements identified in today's rule. Inventory data 
    about systems (including PWS facility identification numbers allowing 
    association of treatment plants to sampling points, and latitude and 
    longitude of treatment plants) reported by States will be addressed 
    separately in Safe Drinking Water Information System Inventory 
    Reporting Requirements. PWSs are responsible for reporting 
    electronically to EPA, unless EPA specifies alternative reporting 
    requirements, such as a standard paper form that can be electronically 
    scanned to make the data available in electronic format for computer 
    storage, retrieval, and use. The PWSs must also provide a copy of the 
    results to their States.
        Small systems listed in State Monitoring Plans and large systems 
    will have to report five data elements to the laboratory testing its 
    samples: PWS identification number; PWS facility identification number 
    for source (intake, well or wellfield), treatment plant, and sampling 
    points; water source type; sample identification number; and sample 
    collection date. The remaining data elements will be provided by the 
    laboratory. If systems have not previously reported PWS facility 
    identification number for sources, treatment plants and sampling points 
    prior to their first UCMR report, then they must do so at the time of 
    the first report. This information must be reported so that each 
    sampling point used for UCMR sampling must be able to be associated 
    with its treatment plant(s) and source(s) in use at the time the 
    sampling occurred.
        For systems demonstrating that they are not able to report 
    electronically, EPA may specify an alternative reporting format that 
    will allow EPA to enter the system's data into the National Drinking 
    Water Contaminant Occurrence Database. EPA will use the ``Unregulated 
    Contaminant Monitoring Reporting Guidance'' to guide the development of 
    this alternative reporting format.
    16. Record Keeping
        Today's rule does not change PWSs' responsibility for keeping 
    records of data from unregulated contaminant monitoring, which are 
    presented in Sec. 141.33, for PWSs.
    17. Previously Collected Data
        Public water systems that have previously collected data on List 1 
    may submit this information. However, this data must meet the specific 
    testing and reporting requirements as described in today's final rule.
    18. Modifying the Monitoring List
        As required under SDWA Section 1445, EPA will modify the 
    Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring List, Table 1, every 5 years to 
    include the contaminants of greatest concern at that time. If EPA still 
    requires additional data for some previously listed contaminants, they 
    may remain on the list. Within each 5-year listing cycle, EPA will also 
    modify the monitoring list to include the analytical methods for Lists 
    2 and 3 contaminants and their related sampling requirements. These 
    modifications will occur through future rulemaking, with opportunity 
    for public comment.
        Funding for Testing of Samples for Systems in State Monitoring 
    Plans and for Pre-Screen Testing. EPA will pay the cost of testing 
    samples taken from small
    
    [[Page 50599]]
    
    systems pursuant to a State Monitoring Plan. These payments will be 
    made directly to EPA-approved laboratories that meet the requirements 
    of Sec. 141.40(a)(3), (4), (5), and Appendix A, which are further 
    described in the methods and quality control manual. The Agency expects 
    to minimize costs of testing and take advantage of economies of scale 
    through this approach, rather than reimbursing 800 systems for 
    analytical costs at up to 800 different laboratories. Administrative 
    costs will be less with this approach and contracted testing costs for 
    a larger volume of samples should be less.
        Two funding sources are available to pay for testing of these small 
    system samples to carry out the provisions of SDWA Section 
    1445(a)(2)(C). Since FY 1998, EPA has been required to reserve annually 
    $2 million from funds appropriated for the Drinking Water State 
    Revolving Fund (DWSRF) to pay for unregulated contaminant testing. SDWA 
    Section 1445(a)(2)(H) authorizes $10 million each year through FY 2003 
    to carry out all aspects of the UCMR program, including paying to test 
    samples from small systems under State Monitoring Plans. Currently, $2 
    million from the DWSRF set-aside for FY 1998 and FY 1999 are available 
    to support unregulated contaminant monitoring for small systems. EPA 
    will use this set-aside in future years to pay for this testing and for 
    the testing of samples drawn from small systems participating in the 
    Screening Survey and Pre-Screen Testing. If funding for the UCMR 
    program changes, however, EPA will need to consider how to accommodate 
    reduced funding. The Agency could, for example, recalculate the 
    representative sample size to a lower confidence level commensurate 
    with available resources.
    
    B. Implementation in Indian Country
    
        Several provisions of this rule apply to State governments, and 
    this preamble section clarifies how they will apply in Indian country.
        As explained earlier, EPA intends to include all small systems in 
    Indian country in a single, separate group. Like small systems in each 
    State, small systems anywhere in Indian country may be selected at 
    random to participate in the UCM program. EPA will not, however, notify 
    the State of the systems selected and allow the State to select 
    alternatives for systems that have closed, merged, or that purchase 
    their water from other systems. Instead, EPA will contact the 
    appropriate tribal governments for that purpose. The resulting group of 
    systems will compose the single ``State Plan'' for Indian country. The 
    EPA will notify selected systems of their UCMR responsibilities.
        Tribes with ``treatment as a State'' status may enter into an MOA 
    with EPA to provide support in implementing the UCMR for small systems 
    monitoring plans. For systems on tribal lands of Tribes not having 
    ``treatment as a State'' status, EPA will serve as the point of contact 
    with the system and will implement the UCMR with the tribe. In either 
    case, the steps of implementation would be the same as those described 
    previously.
    
    C. Performance-based Measurement System
    
        EPA's Office of Water plans to implement a performance-based 
    measurement system (PBMS) that would allow the option of using either 
    performance criteria or reference methods in its drinking water 
    regulatory programs, removing the requirement that only EPA-specified 
    and approved analytical methods be used in SDWA regulatory programs. 
    The requirement to use approved methods for SDWA regulatory programs 
    would, however, be maintained for certain method-defined analytes 
    (e.g., Total Coliform and asbestos), and for data gathering prospective 
    to regulation, such as the contaminant monitoring in this rule.
        As noted above, many of the contaminants of interest for the 
    Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring (UCM) program can be classified as 
    ``emerging'' and thus do not have existing performance criteria or 
    reference methods. In addition to collecting information about 
    contaminant occurrence, the UCM program will enable the development of 
    reference methods and performance criteria. UCM testing will provide 
    data to assist the Agency in developing performance criteria that would 
    be proposed with the MCL, monitoring requirements, etc. for an analyte. 
    For these reasons, the Agency is specifying the method to be used for 
    UCM testing. Once, however, a contaminant proceeds to regulation 
    development as an NPDWR, EPA expects to have sufficient data and method 
    development information to be able to propose both performance criteria 
    and a validated reference method, either of which could be used for 
    compliance monitoring of the contaminant.
    
    X. Guidance Manuals
    
        EPA will provide a guidance manual to further explain the quality 
    control measures that laboratories will need to perform for all 
    unregulated contaminant monitoring. For systems that are part of State 
    Plans for representative samples, the sampling guidance, ``UCMR 
    Guidance for Operators of Public Water Systems Serving 10,000 or Fewer 
    Persons'', will be available. Commenters asked for additional time to 
    review the guidances for implementing this regulation. EPA will provide 
    additional time for review and comment on the guidances: (1) UCMR 
    Guidance for Operators of Public Water Systems Serving 10,000 or Fewer 
    Persons; (2) UCMR Integrated Guidance; (3) UCMR Reporting Guidance; (4) 
    Contaminant Selection, Methods, and Sampling: Technical Background 
    Information for the UCMR. The guidance and manual ``UCMR Analytical 
    Methods and Quality Control Manual'' and ``National Representative 
    Sample of Small Public Water Systems: Statistical Design and State 
    Plans for the UCMR'' will be available through the EPA Safe Drinking 
    Water Hotline at 800-426-4791, or through EPA's Office of Ground Water 
    and Drinking Water Homepage at www.epa.gov/safewater at the time of 
    promulgation of this rule. EPA would apply these same testing and 
    quality control procedures to the samples of all monitored systems. 
    These final procedures are discussed in more detail in Section D. 
    ``Monitoring Requirements Under the Final UCMR''.
    
    XI. Costs and Benefits of the Rule
    
    A. Program Cost Estimates
    
        Today's final rule requires that only Assessment Monitoring for 
    List 1 contaminants (12 chemical contaminants) be conducted over a 3-
    year period by all 2,774 large PWSs and a randomly selected 
    representative sample of 800 small systems. Perchlorate and acetochlor 
    monitoring will be activated under List 1 shortly after today's rule, 
    by a separate regulation that will add the methods for those 
    contaminants. Monitoring for contaminants on Lists 2 and 3 will wait 
    until EPA promulgates rules to initiate the Screening Survey and Pre-
    Screen Testing.
        Labor costs pertain to systems, State primacy agencies, and EPA. 
    They include activities such as reading the regulation, notifying 
    systems selected to participate, sample collection, reporting, record 
    keeping, and data analysis.
        Non-labor costs will be incurred primarily by EPA and by large 
    PWSs. They include the cost of shipping samples to laboratories for 
    testing and the cost of the actual laboratory analyses. The Agency also 
    will incur non-labor costs in procuring services to conduct quality 
    assurance surveys at contract laboratories and in collecting
    
    [[Page 50600]]
    
    samples at a select number of Index systems.
        Laboratory analysis accounts for almost 70 percent of the national 
    cost for a program such as this one. These costs generally are 
    calculated as follows: the number of systems multiplied by the number 
    of sampling points is multiplied by the sampling frequency and then 
    multiplied by the cost of laboratory analysis. (This calculation is 
    repeated for each separate analytical method). Shipping is added to the 
    calculated costs to derive the total direct analytical non-labor costs. 
    Instead of assuming that large systems will pay the full analytical 
    costs for Assessment Monitoring, EPA assumes they will pay smaller 
    ``incremental'' analytical costs because UCMR monitoring will coincide 
    with ongoing Phase II/V compliance monitoring. In some cases, UCMR 
    analyses use the laboratory analytical methods required for ongoing 
    compliance monitoring. Therefore, when unregulated contaminant 
    monitoring and Phase II/V monitoring are conducted concurrently, only 
    incremental fees are charged for the analysis of additional UCMR 
    compounds. Of course, if analyzing samples for some unregulated 
    contaminants requires testing methods that are not currently in use, no 
    cost savings can be realized. Note that, since the methods for 
    perchlorate and acetochlor have a ``Reserved'' status in this rule 
    promulgation, costs for these contaminants will be estimated when the 
    rule revisions for these methods are published.
        The details of EPA's cost assumptions and estimates can be found in 
    the Information Collection Request (ICR) prepared for this rule (ICR 
    No. 1882.01), which presents estimated costs and burden for the 1999-
    2001 period. It was sent to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) 
    on April 15, 1999. A background cost document, ``Burden and Cost 
    Calculation for the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation,'' is 
    attached as an appendix to the ICR. It presents the total and the 
    estimated annual cost and burden for the final rule's first 5-year 
    cycle (from 2001 to 2005). Some of the costs EPA estimated are 
    associated with program start-up and may not recur in future monitoring 
    cycles. Although some of these start-up costs might be incurred before 
    2001, they are included and averaged as part of the 5-year program 
    costs to simplify the calculations; systems will incur costs only 
    during the 5-year monitoring cycle. Copies of the ICR may be obtained 
    from Sandy Farmer by mail at: Office of Policy Regulatory Information 
    Division; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (2137); 401 M St., S.W.; 
    Washington, DC 20460, by email at: farmer.sandy@epa.gov, or by calling: 
    (202) 260-2740. A copy may also be downloaded from the Internet at: 
    http://www.epa.gov/icr.
        In preparing the UCMR ICR, EPA relied on standard assumptions and 
    data sources used in the preparation of other drinking water program 
    ICRs. These include the public water system inventory, number of entry 
    points per system, and labor rates. To estimate the labor burden for 
    State and some system activities, the Agency used its standard State 
    Resource Model, which is documented in the Resource Analysis Computer 
    Program for State Drinking Water Agencies (January 1993). Other 
    assumptions are discussed next.
    1. Assumptions: Assessment Monitoring
        EPA's estimated cost of Assessment Monitoring is based on the 
    following assumptions:
         Surface water systems will sample 4 times during 1 year 
    and ground water systems will sample twice during 1 year in the 5-year 
    UCMR program cycle.
         EPA will pay the testing costs for the representative 
    sample of 800 small systems, which will be performed by selected 
    laboratories.
         Large systems will pay for their own testing, which will 
    be performed by laboratories of their choice (in accordance with UCMR 
    program quality control requirements).
         All systems will, to the extent practical, conduct their 
    chemical sampling along with their standard compliance monitoring to 
    reduce labor burden and analytical costs where possible.
        In addition, various quality assurance and quality control measures 
    (e.g., 10 percent duplicate samples from the representative systems) 
    will be in effect. Water samples also will be taken from a group of 30 
    small ``Index systems'' (a subset of the national representative sample 
    of small systems) during all 5 years of the monitoring cycle to assess 
    any trends in temporal occurrence, other data variability, or program 
    problems.
    2. Estimated Average Annual Cost for 5-Year Program: Assessment 
    Monitoring Only
        EPA estimates that the average annual cost of nationwide Assessment 
    Monitoring is approximately $8.4 million, as follows:
         EPA: $3.1 million, including $2.0 million in testing costs 
    for small systems.
         States: $461,500.
         Small systems: $16,440.
         Large systems: $4.8 million.
        The estimated average annual cost (labor plus non-labor) is 
    approximately $21 per participating small system and $1,735 per large 
    system.
        These average annual costs do not represent the peak costs expected 
    to be encountered during program implementation. Most of the 
    monitoring, and hence most of the costs, are expected to occur over a 
    3-year period, allowing for follow-up work and data review, reporting, 
    and analysis. EPA's peak year costs (during the 3 core years of 
    Assessment Monitoring primarily for the representative sample) are 
    estimated to be $3.6 million for Assessment Monitoring. Peak year costs 
    for large systems are projected to be about $8.0 million for Assessment 
    Monitoring.
    
    B. Estimated Net Costs
    
        EPA estimated the UCMR program's net cost by comparing the new 
    program costs, with the estimated costs of the unrevised program (i.e., 
    the baseline costs). The standard labor rates and activities used to 
    estimate the new program costs were also used to determine the baseline 
    costs, and the same water inventory numbers were used for the 
    comparison. A simplifying assumption with respect to the baseline'that 
    all systems serving more than 500 persons monitor during the same 5-
    year interval--was also made.
        The Agency also had to address several differences between the two 
    programs. The regulation replaced by today's rule did not require 
    systems serving 150 or fewer service connections to monitor for 
    unregulated contaminants unless requested to do so by the State. Data 
    in the drinking water program information system suggest that State 
    required about one-third of the systems serving 500 or fewer people to 
    monitor; thus one-third of systems serving 150 or fewer service 
    connections were included in EPA's baseline estimates.
        Another significant difference between the previous program and the 
    new one is the list of contaminants for which monitoring is required. 
    The previous regulations required monitoring for 48 chemicals included 
    in Table 1 of the Proposed Rule Preamble (64 FR 23401). (Although 
    monitoring for 14 of the chemicals was discretionary, their associated 
    costs were derived from the analytical method required for the other 
    unregulated contaminants and the regulated volatile organic compounds 
    [VOCs]. Consequently, they do not make a substantive difference in the 
    cost estimates.) Although the previous program required monitoring for 
    more
    
    [[Page 50601]]
    
    contaminants than does the program implemented by today's final rule, 
    monitoring requirements of the previous UCMR program were derived from 
    fewer analytical methods, and all were derived from standard methods 
    used for routine compliance samples. Hence, the analytical costs were 
    relatively lower.
        Given the above assumptions and full implementation over 5 years, 
    the revised UCMR program will save small drinking water systems an 
    estimated $35.8 million over the estimated baseline. The annual costs 
    for each small system participating in unregulated contaminant 
    monitoring are reduced an estimated $190. Small systems will realize 
    this saving because, unlike the previous program, the new program does 
    not require any of them to pay for the analysis of water samples to 
    determine the presence of unregulated contaminants. Only small systems 
    chosen for the representative national sample will incur any costs, and 
    they will be labor costs only.
        Under the UCMR Assessment Monitoring program, large systems will 
    face a $10.2 million increase in costs, primarily from the increase in 
    laboratory analytical costs. Average annual large system costs are 
    estimated to increase by approximately $730 under the new UCMR program.
        EPA estimated the baseline costs to the States at $7.5 million over 
    the 2001-2005 monitoring cycle, plus year 2000 start-up costs. Total 
    estimated saving to States under the revised UCMR program is an 
    estimated $5.2 million. This saving will be primarily in labor costs 
    because the States will have oversight interactions with only 800 small 
    water systems, far fewer than previously were involved in unregulated 
    contaminant monitoring.
        EPA estimated that it would have cost the Agency $1.9 million to 
    run the previous monitoring program over the 2001-2005 monitoring 
    period, plus start-up costs. The Agency's costs are estimated to almost 
    double under the revised Assessment Monitoring program primarily 
    because it will fund sample shipment and analysis for small systems.
        The cost reductions also can be attributed to the ``Suspension of 
    Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Requirements for Small Public Water 
    Systems (Direct Final Rule),'' which was published in the Federal 
    Register on January 8, 1999. It suspended the requirement for small 
    systems to perform another round of monitoring for unregulated 
    contaminants because it would have overlapped with the revised UCMR 
    program. Approximately two-thirds of the systems between 3,300 and 
    10,000 persons will save the cost of monitoring in 1999 and 2000 by the 
    action of the Direct Final Rule, resulting in a savings of about $5.3 
    million for these systems.
    
    C. Benefits
    
        Today's rule significantly reduces burden, especially for small 
    water systems. The original UCMR program, initiated in 1988, required 
    all community water systems (CWSs) to monitor for 48 contaminants. 
    States could waive the requirement for systems serving 150 or fewer 
    service connections, although these systems had to be available for 
    monitoring under the regulation. Analysis of the first round of data, 
    from 1988 to 1993, indicates that well over 25,000 PWSs were involved 
    in the original monitoring program. The revised program will involve 
    only 3,574 to 3,724 systems: 2,774 large systems and up to 800 small 
    systems.
        The systems that will be regulated under today's rule will monitor 
    for fewer contaminants than was the case under the original UCMR 
    program. EPA will pay the small systems' costs of testing, keeping 
    their burden to a minimum and limiting it to collecting the samples and 
    contacting a shipping service to pick them up for delivery to a 
    laboratory. The Agency also will manage the laboratory testing program 
    for these systems, minimizing the time they interact with the 
    laboratories. The laboratories contracted by EPA to perform the 
    analyses also will provide electronic reporting services for small 
    systems that lack this capability. Consequently, the costs borne by the 
    selected 800 systems will be substantially reduced under the revised 
    program.
        Regarding the full UCMR program, cost savings can be attributed to 
    the use of a small sample of small and large systems in the Screening 
    Surveys and Pre-Screen Testing. The two Screening Surveys of 300 
    systems each and the Pre-Screen Testing of up to 200 systems will allow 
    statistically valid, targeted approaches to be applied to emerging 
    contaminants. These early screening efforts will help EPA determine 
    whether contaminants are already in public water systems and whether 
    they should be monitored for in the subsequent 5-year monitoring cycle. 
    This approach--rather than requiring Assessment Monitoring for all 30 
    contaminants at all monitored systems--is projected to save large water 
    systems and EPA more than $50 million in annual Assessment Monitoring 
    costs.
        State burden also will be reduced. A substantial portion of State 
    burden depends on the number of systems that a State must manage. 
    Although the revised UCMR program introduces some new elements, fewer 
    systems are involved so State oversight activity (e.g., system 
    notification and record keeping) will be reduced.
        Today's final rule increases the number of data elements that must 
    be reported from 12 to 17. These data must be reported with each sample 
    to make the monitoring data more useful for analysis. However, the 
    additional burden on systems is minimal, because most of the data 
    elements will be reported to EPA by laboratories which already 
    routinely record many of them.
        The long-term benefits of the revised UCMR program are:
         Contaminants whose occurrence in drinking or source water 
    is not widespread will be identified early, which will enable 
    evaluations and decisions to minimize further the monitoring and 
    resources that would otherwise be committed to those contaminants.
         Contaminants whose occurrence in drinking water is 
    widespread will trigger additional research on health effects and 
    treatment as soon as practical to protect the health of sensitive 
    persons.
         The use of a representative sample of small systems (which 
    comprise the majority of PWSs) can provide a scientifically sound, 
    statistically valid data set that can be used for improved analysis and 
    program decisions at reduced cost.
    
    XII. Administrative Requirements
    
    A. Executive Order 12866--Regulatory Planning and Review
    
        Under Executive Order 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993), the 
    Agency must determine whether a regulatory action is ``significant'' 
    and therefore subject to OMB review and the requirements of the 
    Executive Order. The Order defines ``significant regulatory action'' as 
    one that is likely to result in a rule that may:
        (1) Have an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more or 
    adversely affect in a material way the economy, a sector of the 
    economy, productivity, competition, jobs, the environment, public 
    health or safety, or State, local, or tribal governments or 
    communities;
        (2) Create a serious inconsistency or otherwise interfere with an 
    action taken or planned by another agency;
        (3) Materially alter the budgetary impact of entitlements, grants, 
    user fees, or loan programs or the rights and obligations of recipients 
    thereof; or
    
    [[Page 50602]]
    
        (4) Raise novel legal or policy issues arising out of legal 
    mandates, the President's priorities, or the principles set forth in 
    the Executive Order.
        It has been determined that this rule is not a ``significant 
    regulatory action'' under the terms of Executive Order 12866 and is 
    therefore not subject to OMB review.
    
    B. Executive Order 13045--Protection of Children From Environmental 
    Health Risks and Safety Risks
    
        Executive Order 13045, ``Protection of Children from Environmental 
    Health Risks and Safety Risks'' (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997), applies 
    to any rule that (1) is determined to be ``economically significant'' 
    as defined under E.O. 12866 and (2) concerns an environmental health or 
    safety risk that EPA has reason to believe may have a disproportionate 
    effect on children. If the regulatory action meets both criteria, the 
    Agency must evaluate the environmental health or safety effects of the 
    planned rule on children, and explain why the planned regulation is 
    preferable to other potentially effective and reasonably feasible 
    alternatives considered by the Agency.
        This rule is not subject to E.O. 13045 because it is not 
    ``economically significant'' as defined under E.O. 12866. Further, EPA 
    interprets E.O. 13045 as applying only to those regulatory actions that 
    are based on health or safety risks, such that the analysis required 
    under section 5-501 of the Order has the potential to influence the 
    regulation. This final rule is not subject to E.O. 13045 because it 
    does not establish an environmental standard intended to mitigate 
    health or safety risks. For the most part, this rule establishes 
    procedures for monitoring of unregulated contaminants on the Agency's 
    CCL. Given EPA's interest in protecting children's health, however, as 
    part of the provisions in the rule allowing State governors and Indian 
    tribes to petition EPA to add contaminants to the Unregulated 
    Contaminant Monitoring List, EPA asks them specifically to include any 
    information that might be available regarding disproportional risks to 
    the health or safety of children. Such information would help inform 
    EPA's decision making regarding future lists.
        This final rule is part of the Agency's overall strategy for 
    deciding whether to regulate the contaminants on the CCL (63 FR 10273). 
    Its purpose is to ensure that EPA has data on the occurrence of 
    contaminants on the CCL where those data are lacking. EPA is also 
    taking steps to ensure that the Agency will have data on the health 
    effects of these contaminants on children through its research program. 
    The Agency will use these occurrence and health effects data to decide 
    whether to regulate any of these contaminants.
    
    C. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
    
        Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA), Pub L. 
    104-4, establishes requirements for Federal agencies to assess the 
    effects of their regulatory actions on State, local, and tribal 
    governments and the private sector. Under UMRA section 202, EPA 
    generally must prepare a written statement, including a cost-benefit 
    analysis, for proposed and final rules with ``Federal mandates'' that 
    may result in expenditures to State, local, and tribal governments, in 
    the aggregate, or to the private sector, of $100 million or more in any 
    one year. Before promulgating a rule for which a written statement is 
    needed, UMRA section 205 generally requires EPA to identify and 
    consider a reasonable number of regulatory alternatives and adopt the 
    least costly, most cost-effective, or least burdensome alternative that 
    achieves the objectives of the rule. The provisions of section 205 do 
    not apply when they are inconsistent with applicable law. Moreover, 
    section 205 allows EPA to adopt an alternative other than the least 
    costly, most cost-effective, or least burdensome alternative if the 
    Administrator publishes with the final rule an explanation of why that 
    alternative was not adopted. Before EPA establishes any regulatory 
    requirements that may significantly or uniquely affect small 
    governments, including tribal governments, it must have developed under 
    UMRA section 203 a small government agency plan. The plan must provide 
    for notifying potentially affected small governments, enabling 
    officials of affected small governments to have meaningful and timely 
    input in the development of EPA regulatory proposals with significant 
    Federal intergovernmental mandates, and informing, educating, and 
    advising small governments on compliance with the regulatory 
    requirements.
        EPA has determined that this rule does not contain a Federal 
    mandate that may result in expenditures of $100 million or more for 
    State, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or for the 
    private sector in any one year. Total annual costs of today's rule for 
    State, local, and Tribal governments and the private sector, are 
    estimated to be $7.3 million, of which EPA will pay $2.0 million, or 27 
    percent. Thus, today's rule is not subject to the requirements of UMRA 
    sections 202 and 205.
        EPA has determined that this rule contains no regulatory 
    requirements that might significantly or uniquely affect small 
    governments because EPA will pay for the reasonable costs of sample 
    testing for the small PWSs required to sample and test for unregulated 
    contaminants under this rule, including those owned and operated by 
    small governments. The only costs that small systems will pay are the 
    costs attributed to (1) the labor associated with reading the 
    regulations, guidance, and instructions to implement the monitoring 
    requirements, (2) collecting the samples and packing them for shipping 
    to the laboratory (EPA will pay for shipping), and (3) reporting and 
    record keeping. These costs are not significant. Thus, today's rule is 
    not subject to the requirements of UMRA section 203.
    
    D. Paperwork Reduction Act
    
        The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) has approved the 
    information collection requirements contained in this rule under the 
    provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act, 44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq. and 
    has assigned OMB control number 2040-0208. An Information Collection 
    Request (ICR) document which presents estimated costs and burdens for 
    the 1999-2001 period has been prepared by EPA (ICR No. 1882.02). A 
    background cost document, ``Burden and Cost Calculations for the 
    Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation,'' is attached as an 
    appendix to the ICR and presents the estimated costs and burdens for 
    the first 5-year cycle of the final rule. A copy of these may be 
    obtained from Sandy Farmer by mail at OP Regulatory Information 
    Division; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (2137); 401 M St., S.W.; 
    Washington, DC 20460; by email at: farmer.sandy@epa.gov; or by calling: 
    (202) 260-2740. A copy may also be downloaded from the Internet at:
    http://www.epa.gov/icr.
        The information to be collected under today's rule is to fulfill 
    the statutory requirements of section 1445(a)(2) of the Safe Drinking 
    Water Act, as amended in 1996. The data to be collected will describe 
    the source water, location, and test results for samples taken from 
    PWSs. The concentrations of any identified UCMR contaminants will be 
    evaluated regarding health effects and will be considered for future 
    regulations accordingly. Reporting is mandatory. The data are not 
    subject to confidentiality protection.
        Burden is defined as the total time, effort, or financial resources 
    expended by persons to generate, maintain, retain,
    
    [[Page 50603]]
    
    or disclose or provide information to or for a Federal agency. This 
    includes the time needed to review instructions; develop, acquire, 
    install, and use technology and systems to collect, validate, verify, 
    process, maintain, disclose, and provide information; adjust the 
    existing ways to comply with any previously applicable instructions and 
    requirements; train personnel to be able to respond to a collection of 
    information; search data sources; complete and review the collection of 
    information; and transmit or otherwise disclose the information.
        The annual burden and cost estimates described below are for the 
    implementation assumptions put forth in this Rule, which includes only 
    the Assessment Monitoring component of the UCMR Program. For Assessment 
    Monitoring, the respondents are 800 small water systems (in the 
    national representative sample of systems serving 10,000 or fewer 
    people), 2,774 large public water systems, and 56 States and primacy 
    agents (3,630 total respondents). The frequency of response varies 
    across respondents and years. System costs (particularly laboratory 
    analytical costs) vary depending on the number of entry or sampling 
    points.
        For the three-year ICR period 1999-2001, small systems will sample 
    and report an average of 2.7 times for the entire period. The burden 
    for small systems is estimated to be an average of 1.5 hours annually 
    per system, with an annual cost of $31. Large systems will sample and 
    report an average of 2.9 times for the entire period, and are estimated 
    to have a 3.3 hour per system annual burden, with a labor cost of $93 
    per year. Non-labor costs per year for these systems is estimated at 
    $2,798 per system. On average, States are assumed to report quarterly 
    during each UCMR implementation year. It is estimated that each State 
    will incur 141 hours of burden per year, with an annual labor cost of 
    $5,647 for the ICR period 1999-2001. Non-labor costs for States were 
    assumed to be minimal, with 10 percent of the States incurring a one-
    time $25,000 contractor cost for the optional upgrading of their 
    drinking water databases; an average of $833 per year per State for the 
    ICR period. In aggregate, the average respondent (i.e., small systems, 
    large systems, and the States) incurs an average annual burden of 9.0 
    hours and a labor plus non-labor cost of $2,400. Because the actual 
    implementation period of the UCMR does not begin until 2001, most of 
    the costs presented here occur during that year. Average annual costs 
    reflect the fact that the UCMR program implementation only overlaps 
    with one of the three ICR years (1999-2001).
        The burden and cost per response for the three ICR years for 
    Assessment Monitoring are estimated to be 1.7 hour burden at $35 per 
    response for small systems; 3.4 hours at $95 for labor and $2,847 in 
    analytical costs for large systems; and 52.9 hours at $2,116 for labor 
    for States. In aggregate, the average response (i.e., responses from 
    small systems, large systems, and the States) is associated with a 
    burden of 8.7 hours, with a labor plus non-labor cost of $2,213 per 
    response over the three-year ICR period.
        Over the ICR period, the Agency is estimated to incur an annual 
    burden of 9,150 hours, with an average annual cost for labor of 
    $366,000. Non-labor costs for EPA, which are primarily comprised of the 
    analytical and shipping costs for representative set of small systems, 
    and other contractor costs, are estimated at $1.3 million per year over 
    the period 1999-2001. Non-labor costs are primarily attributed to the 
    cost of sample testing for small systems.
        An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required 
    to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a 
    currently valid OMB control number on its ICR. The OMB control numbers 
    for EPA's regulations are listed in 40 CFR Part 9 and 48 CFR Chapter 
    15. EPA is amending the table in 40 CFR Part 9 of currently approved 
    ICR control numbers issued by OMB for various regulations to list the 
    information requirements contained in the final rule.
    
    E. Regulatory Flexibility Act
    
        Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA), 5 U.S.C. 601 et seq., 
    as amended by the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act 
    (SBREFA), EPA generally is required to conduct a regulatory flexibility 
    analysis describing the impact of the regulatory action on small 
    entities as part of rulemaking. However, under section 605(b) of the 
    RFA, if EPA certifies that the rule will not have a significant 
    economic impact on a substantial number of small entities, the Agency 
    is not required to prepare a regulatory flexibility analysis. Pursuant 
    to RFA section 605(b), 5 U.S.C. 605(b) and for the reasons set forth 
    below, I certify that this rule will not have a significant economic 
    impact on a substantial number of small entities.
        For purposes of RFA analyses for SDWA rulemakings, the Agency 
    defines small entities as systems serving 10,000 or fewer customers 
    because this is the size of system specified in SDWA as requiring 
    special consideration with respect to small system flexibility. This 
    alternative definition was established for all drinking water rules in 
    the Consumer Confidence Reports rulemaking (63 FR 44511-44536 [August 
    19, 1998]). EPA also consulted with the Small Business Administration 
    about the alternative definition as it relates to small businesses. For 
    further information on the establishment of this definition of small 
    entities, see the referenced Federal Register notice.
        EPA has determined that the UCMR will affect small water utilities, 
    since it is applicable to a subset of small community and non-transient 
    noncommunity water systems. However, the affected systems are limited 
    to a representative sample of approximately 800 small PWSs, or 1.2 
    percent of systems serving 10,000 or fewer persons. These systems will 
    be required to conduct monitoring, as specified in the UCMR (i.e., 
    collect and prepare samples for shipping). EPA will assume all costs 
    for testing of the samples and for shipping the samples from these 
    systems to certified laboratories throughout the United States. EPA has 
    set aside $2 million from the DWSRF in Fiscal Years 1998 and 1999, and 
    plans to do so into the future with its authority to set aside DWSRF 
    monies to implement this SDWA provision.
        EPA has estimated the impact of today's rule and concludes that the 
    rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial 
    number of small entities. The rationale for this conclusion is that EPA 
    plans to pay the full costs of shipping and testing samples for small 
    systems and does not plan, under any scenario, to ask systems to pay 
    these costs. (The costs to these systems will be limited to the labor 
    hours associated with collecting a sample and preparing it for 
    shipping.)
        EPA evaluated the cost to small entities under two scenarios. Under 
    either scenario, EPA will assume the cost of shipping and testing 
    samples for small systems. The ``full implementation'' scenario assumes 
    full funding from the DWSRF set-aside through the year 2005, with the 
    full Assessment Monitoring program being implemented. The ``limited 
    implementation'' scenario assumes that EPA will pay for testing with 
    the funds already set aside for this program. Under either scenario, 
    this rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial 
    number of small entities, and EPA certifies that fact. Cost summaries 
    for both scenarios are provided below.
    
    [[Page 50604]]
    
    1. Full Assessment Monitoring Implementation Scenario
        EPA analyzed separately the impact on small privately and publicly 
    owned water systems because of the different economic characteristics 
    of these ownership types. For publicly owned systems, EPA used the 
    ``revenue test,'' which compares a system's annual costs attributed to 
    the rule with the system's annual revenues. EPA used a ``sales test'' 
    for privately owned systems, which involves the analogous comparison of 
    UCMR-related costs to a privately owned system's sales. EPA assumes 
    that the distribution of the national representative sample of small 
    systems will reflect the proportions of publicly and privately owned 
    systems in the national inventory. The estimated distribution of the 
    representative sample, categorized by ownership type, source water, and 
    system size, is presented below in Table 5.
    
            Table 5.--Number of Publicly and Privately Owned Systems To Participate in Assessment Monitoring
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         Publicly owned systems          Privately owned systems
                                    -----------------------------------------------------------------   Total--all
             Size category              Non-index                       Non-index                         systems
                                         systems      Index systems      systems      Index systems
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Ground Water Systems:
        500 and under..............              20               1              76               2               99
        501 to 3,300...............             146               6              67               3              222
        3,301 to 10,000............             144               7              40               2              193
                                    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Subtotal...............             310              14             183               7              514
                                    ================================================================================
    Surface Water Systems:
        500 and under..............              18               0              49               0               67
        501 to 3,300...............              51               2              23               1               77
        3,301 to 10,000............             106               5              30               1              142
                                    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Subtotal...............             175               7             102               2              286
                                    ================================================================================
            Total..................             485              21             285               9              800
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The basis for the UCMR RFA certification under full Assessment 
    Monitoring program implementation is as follows: the average annual 
    compliance costs of the rule represent less than 1 percent of revenues/
    sales for the 800 small water systems that will be affected. The EPA 
    estimates that EPA and system costs for implementing small system 
    sampling for the full UCMR Assessment Monitoring program (2001-2005) 
    will be approximately $10.2 million. Since the Agency specifically 
    structured the rule to avoid significantly affecting a substantial 
    number of small entities by assuming all costs for laboratory analyses, 
    shipping, and quality control for small entities, EPA costs comprise 
    approximately 99 percent ($10.1 million) of the total costs. (Note that 
    EPA's contribution to the small system program is assumed to include 
    all small system analytical and shipping costs, as well as all non-
    labor program support costs.) Table 6 presents the annual costs to 
    small systems and to EPA for the small system sampling program, along 
    with the number of participating small systems during each of the 5 
    years of the program.
    
                                  Table 6.--EPA Costs for Small Systems Under Full Implementation of UCMR Assessment Monitoring
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           Cost description \1\                             2001          2002          2003          2004           2005           Total
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Costs to EPA for Small System Program: quality assurance, ongoing     $3,317,970    $2,647,790    $2,617,790      $856,890       $648,440    $10,088,880
     coordination, data analysis, analytical costs, shipping costs,
     and costs for contractor site visits to small Index systems \2\..
    Costs to Small Systems: additional labor for monitoring or                26,796        25,840        25,840         1,861          1,861         82,198
     monitoring assistance............................................
                                                                       -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Total Costs to EPA and Small Systems for UCMR...............     3,924,769     2,993,810     3,053,630     1,338,752      1,150,297     10,171,078
                                                                       =====================================================================================
    Number of Systems to be Monitoring each Year:
      Non-Index and Index in 2001-2003, Index only in 2004-2005 \3\
        Public........................................................           182           182           182           107             21            533
        Private.......................................................           104           104           104            81              9            267
                                                                       -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Total.......................................................           286           286           286           188             30           800
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    \1\ AM = Assessment Monitoring.
    \2\ EPA costs during the year 2001 include some start-up costs that may actually be incurred during the year 2000.
    \3\ Total number of systems is 800. All 30 Index systems sample during each year 2001-2005. One-third of Non-Index systems sample during each year from
      2001-2003. The rows do not add across, because the same 30 Index systems sample during every year of 5-year implementation cycle.
    
    
    [[Page 50605]]
    
        System costs are attributed to the labor required for reading State 
    notification letters, monitoring, reporting, and record keeping. 
    Assuming that systems will efficiently conduct UCMR sampling (e.g., 
    coincident with other required monitoring when feasible), the estimated 
    average annual per system labor burden for full Assessment Monitoring 
    implementation will be $17 (0.8 hours) for ground water systems and $27 
    (1.3 hours) for surface water systems. In total, ground water and 
    surface water systems average 1.0 hours of burden per year with an 
    average annual cost of $21. Average annual cost, in all cases, is less 
    than 0.2 percent of system revenues/sales. Therefore, as stated 
    previously, the Administrator certifies that this rule, as funded by 
    EPA, will not have a significant economic impact on small entities. 
    Tables 7a and 7b below present the estimated economic impacts in the 
    form of revenue/sales tests for publicly and privately owned systems.
    
                       Table 7a.--UCMR Full Assessment Monitoring Implementation Scenario: Analysis for Publicly-Owned Systems (2001-2005)
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Annual number of      Average annual hours     Average annual cost    ``Revenue test'' \2\
                                                               systems affected \1\     per system  (2001-      per system  (2001-           (percent)
                           System size                       ------------------------          2005)                   2005)         -----------------------
                                                                          Percent of ------------------------------------------------
                                                                Number     US total    Non-index     Index     Non-index     Index     Non-index     Index
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      Ground Water Systems
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    500 and under...........................................         4.8        0.01         0.6         2.0       $9.03      $28.28        0.05        0.17
    501 to 3,300............................................        35.4        0.29         0.7         2.8       10.12       39.88        0.01        0.04
    3,301 to 10,000.........................................        35.8        1.49         0.9         3.6       24.02      100.80        0.01        0.02
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     Surface Water Systems
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    500 and under...........................................         3.5        0.18         1.1         0.0       16.39        0.00        0.06        0.00
    501 to 3,300............................................        12.2        0.67         1.2         4.2       18.03       60.90        0.01        0.03
    3,301 to 10,000.........................................        25.9        2.58         1.2         4.0       33.24      112.00        0.00        0.02
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    \1\ Calculated as \1/5\ of the Non-Index sample, plus all Index systems for each year from 2001-2005; actual sampling for Non-Index systems takes place
      over three years, while that of Index systems occurs over each of five years.
    \2\ The ``Revenue Test'' was used to evaluate the economic impact of an information collection on small government entities (e.g., publicly-owned
      systems); costs are presented as a percentage of median annual revenue in each size category.
    
    
                      Table 7b.--UCMR Full Assessment Monitoring Implementation Scenario: Analysis for Privately-Owned Systems (2001-2005)
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Annual number of      Average annual hours     Average annual cost     ``Sales test'' \2\
                                                               systems affected \1\     per system  (2001-      per system  (2001-           (percent)
                           System size                       ------------------------          2005)                 2005) \1\       -----------------------
                                                                          Percent of ------------------------------------------------
                                                                Number     US total    Non-index     Index     Non-index     Index     Non-index     Index
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      Ground Water Systems
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    500 and under...........................................        17.6        0.04         0.6         2.0       $9.03      $28.28        0.06        0.18
    501 to 3,300............................................        16.2        0.13         0.7         2.8       10.12       39.88        0.01        0.04
    3,301 to 10,000.........................................        10.1        0.42         0.9         3.6       24.02      100.80        0.00        0.02
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     Surface Water Systems
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    500 and under...........................................         9.7        0.51         1.1         0.0       16.39        0.00        0.07        0.00
    501 to 3,300............................................         5.6        0.31         1.2         4.2       18.03       60.90        0.01        0.04
    3,301 to 10,000.........................................         7.3        0.72         1.2         4.0       33.24      112.00        0.01        0.02
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    \1\ Calculated as \1/5\ of the Non-Index sample, plus all Index systems for each year from 2001-2005; actual sampling for Non-Index systems takes place
      over three years, while that of Index systems occurs over each of five years.
    \2\ The ``Sales Test'' was used to evaluate the economic impact of an information collection on small private entities (e.g., privately-owned systems);
      costs are presented as a percentage of median annual sales in each size category.
    
    2. Limited Implementation Scenario
        Despite the expected $2 million annual budget, EPA recognizes that 
    funding levels vary from year to year and thus the Agency cannot 
    guarantee the precise amount that will ultimately be available to 
    implement its UCMR Assessment Monitoring Program (although a 
    considerable portion of those funds are currently on hand). If an 
    amount commensurate with funding the optimal UCMR Assessment Monitoring 
    Program (in terms of numbers of small systems sampled and numbers of 
    contaminants analyzed) is not available, the Agency will adjust the 
    UCMR program to accommodate the available funds. This adjustment may 
    necessitate use of fewer sample sites, testing for fewer contaminants, 
    or both.
        Although the Agency considers the scenario of no additional funding 
    to be unlikely, EPA also evaluated the scenario of ``current funds 
    only'' for purposes of this RFA analysis. In this ``current available 
    funds'' scenario EPA would receive no funding for small system testing 
    beyond the $4 million set aside from the DWSRF in FY 1998 and FY 1999. 
    EPA anticipates funding this program such that no small system would 
    incur testing costs, as intended in the legislation. Small systems 
    would be responsible only for taking the sample. By analyzing the small 
    system impact under this scenario, EPA can
    
    [[Page 50606]]
    
    demonstrate that, regardless of funding levels, the UCMR will not have 
    a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small 
    entities. Given the flexibility of the proposed rule, EPA can ensure 
    scientifically defensible results, balanced with available funding.
        In the optimal program, the sample of 800 systems is derived by 
    applying a 99 percent confidence level, with 1 percent error tolerance. 
    To accommodate a $4 million budget, the representative sample of small 
    systems would be reduced to approximately 400 systems. Although this 
    smaller sample would be less rigorous than the anticipated sample of 
    800 systems, the sample error would still remain within plus or minus 5 
    percent. These 400 systems would incur only labor costs for collecting 
    and packing the samples, while EPA would pay to ship and test these 
    samples.
        With the currently available $4 million, EPA will be able to fund 
    approximately 50 percent of the planned Assessment Monitoring program 
    for small systems. To estimate the costs under this scenario, EPA 
    assumed that only the Assessment Monitoring component of the UCMR would 
    be implemented and that the smaller representative sample would be 
    allocated across system size categories in the same proportions as 
    those in the sample of 800 systems, with 10 of these systems being 
    Index sites, as seen in Table 8. Finally, for the cost analysis of this 
    current funds scenario, EPA assumed that the national representative 
    sample will reflect the proportions of publicly and privately owned 
    systems in the national inventory of public water systems.1 
    Because EPA's statistical approach uses a random selection process for 
    systems in the national representative sample, publicly-and privately-
    owned systems should be selected in the same proportions for that 
    sample as they occur in the set of all community and non-transient non-
    community water systems in the nation.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \1\ Publicly- and privately-owned systems allocations are 
    estimated using data from the 1995 Community Water System Survey. 
    Publicly-owned systems are those that are owned by a city, town, 
    township, village, municipal government, State or federal 
    government, or any other publicly-owned or operated system. 
    Privately-owned systems include those owned by private investors or 
    homeowners' associations.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The Agency is concerned that a reduced sample size will reduce the 
    statistical likelihood that the observed contaminant occurrence levels 
    will be representative of actual occurrence across the nation. Because 
    of this, the Agency will actively pursue funding for the full program 
    described in this Preamble.
    
     Table 8.--Number of Publicly- and Privately-Owned Systems To Participate in Assessment Monitoring, for Limited
                                                   Funding Program \1\
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         Publicly-owned systems          Privately-owned systems
                                    -----------------------------------------------------------------   Total--all
             Size category              Non-index                       Non-index                         systems
                                         systems      Index systems      systems      Index systems
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Ground Water Systems:
        500 and under..............              10               0              39               1               50
        501 to 3,300...............              75               2              34               1              112
        3,301 to 10,000............              73               2              21               1               97
                                    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Subtotal ground water               158               4              94               3              259
             systems...............
                                    ================================================================================
    Surface Water Systems:
        500 and under..............               9               0              24               0               33
        501 to 3,300...............              26               1              12               0               39
        3,301 to 10,000............              54               2              15               0               71
                                    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Subtotal surface water               89               3              51               0              143
             systems...............
                                    ================================================================================
            Total..................             247               7             145               3             402
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    \1\ The Limited Funding Program assumes that the only funds available to run the program are those that are
      currently in hand--$4 million of set aside funds from Federal Fiscal Years 1998 and 1999. This is a ``worst
      case'' funding scenario.
    
        Under the limited funding scenario, EPA's costs for Assessment 
    Monitoring would be incurred primarily from 2001 to 2003. Systems are 
    assumed to sample during 1 year of the 3-year period, with one-third of 
    systems sampling during each year. However, Index Systems are assumed 
    to monitor during each of the three Assessment Monitoring years. The 
    distribution of costs to EPA and small systems over the entire 5 years 
    is presented in Table 9.
    
                                                Table 9.--EPA Costs for Small Systems--Limited $4 Million Program
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             Cost description                               2001          2002          2003          2004           2005           Total
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Costs to EPA for Assessment Monitoring Program: Quality assurance,    $1,367,947    $1,082,342    $1,082,342      $280,422       $186,948     $4,000,000
     ongoing coordination, data analysis, shipping costs, testing
     costs, reporting and analysis costs, and costs for contractor
     site visits to ``Index'' systems.................................
    Costs to Small Systems (Assessment Monitoring): including                 13,162        11,527        11,527             0              0         36,216
     additional labor for monitoring or monitoring assistance.........
                                                                       -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    [[Page 50607]]
    
     
          Total Costs to EPA and Small Systems for Assessment              1,381,109     1,093,869     1,093,869       280,422        186,948      4,036,216
           Monitoring.................................................
                                                                       =====================================================================================
    Number of Systems each Year: Assessment Monitoring and Index
     Systems in 2001-2003: \1\
        Public........................................................            89            89            89             0              0            254
        Private.......................................................            51            51            51             0              0            148
          Total.......................................................           140           140           140             0              0           402
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    \1\ Rows do not add across because the 10 Index systems sample during each year 2001-2003. One-third of Non-Index systems sample during each year from
      2001-2003.
    
        Under this limited $4 million program, EPA's costs represent 
    approximately 98 percent of the national cost for the small system 
    sampling program. As in full UCMR implementation, small system costs 
    are attributed to the additional labor required for reading State 
    letters, monitoring, reporting, and record keeping. It is estimated 
    that under a limited program of Assessment Monitoring only the average 
    annual per system labor burden will be $14 (0.7 hours) for ground water 
    systems and $25 (1.2 hours) for surface water systems. In total, ground 
    water and surface water systems average 0.9 hours of burden per year, 
    with an average annual cost of $18.
        Through revenue and sales tests, determinations of economic impact 
    are presented in Tables 10a and 10b respectively. Under this limited $4 
    million program, systems will be subject to less required monitoring 
    than in the full UCMR program. For both full Assessment Monitoring 
    implementation and the limited funding scenario, average annual cost is 
    in all cases lower than 1 percent of annual sales/revenues. Thus, even 
    in this worst case, limited implementation scenario, EPA certifies that 
    today's final rule would not impose a significant economic impact on 
    small entities.
    
                                Table 10a.--UCMR Limited Implementation Scenario: Analysis for Publicly-Owned Systems (2001-2005)
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Annual number of      Average annual hours     Average annual cost    ``Revenue test'' \2\
                                                               systems affected \1\     per system  (2001-      per system  (2001-           (percent)
                           System size                       ------------------------          2005)                   2005)         -----------------------
                                                                          Percent of ------------------------------------------------
                                                                Number     US total    Non-index     Index     Non-index     Index     Non-Index     Index
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      Ground Water Systems
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    500 and under...........................................         2.1        0.00         0.6         1.3       $8.06      $18.71        0.05        0.11
    501 to 3,300............................................        16.2        0.13         0.6         1.5        9.15       22.19        0.01        0.02
    3,301 to 10,000.........................................        16.1        0.67         0.8         2.0       22.16       57.12        0.00        0.01
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      Surface Water Systems
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    500 and under...........................................         1.7        0.09         1.1         0.0       15.41        0.00        0.05        0.00
    501 to 3,300............................................         5.6        0.31         1.2         2.6       17.07       38.28        0.01        0.02
    3,301 to 10,000.........................................        11.8        1.17         1.1         2.5       31.35       70.56        0.00       0.01
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    \1\ Calculated as \1/5\ of publicly-owned Non-Index sample, plus all public Index systems for each year from 2001-2003; actual sampling for Non-Index
      takes place over 3 years, Index in each of 3 years.
    \2\ The ``Revenue Test'' was used to evaluate the economic impact of an information collection on small governments (e.g., publicly owned systems);
      costs are presented as a percentage of median annual revenue in each size category.
    
    
                               Table 10b.--UCMR Limited Implementation Scenario: Analysis for Privately-Owned Systems (2001-2005)
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Annual number of      Average annual hours     Average annual cost    ``Revenue test'' \2\
                                                               systems affected \1\   per system (2001-2005)  per system (2001-2005)         (percent)
                           System size                       -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Percent of
                                                                Number     US total    Non-index     Index     Non-index     Index     Non-index     Index
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      Ground Water Systems
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    500 and under...........................................         8.2        0.02         0.6         1.3       $8.06      $18.71        0.05        0.12
    501 to 3,300............................................         7.4        0.06         0.6         1.5        9.15       22.19        0.01        0.02
    3,301 to 10,000.........................................         4.5        0.19         0.8         2.0       22.16       57.12        0.00        0.01
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      Surface Water Systems
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    500 and under...........................................         4.8        0.25         1.1         0.0       15.41        0.00        0.07        0.00
    501 to 3,300............................................         2.5        0.14         1.2         2.6       17.07       38.28        0.01        0.03
    
    [[Page 50608]]
    
     
    3,301 to 10,000.........................................         3.3        0.33         1.1         2.5       31.35       70.56        0.01        0.01
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    \1\ Calculated as \1/5\ of the Non-Index sample, plus all Index systems for each year from 2001-2005; actual sampling for Non-Index systems takes place
      over 3 years, while that of Index systems occurs during each of 3 years.
    \2\ The ``Sales Test'' was used to evaluate the economic impact of an information collection on small private entities (e.g., privately owned systems);
      costs are presented as a percentage of median annual sales in each size category.
    
    F. National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act
    
        As noted in the proposed rule, Section 12(d) of the National 
    Technology Transfer and Advancement Act (NTTAA), Pub. L. No. 104-113, 
    Sec. 12(d) (15 U.S.C. 272 note) directs EPA to use voluntary consensus 
    standards in its regulatory activities unless to do so would be 
    inconsistent with applicable law or otherwise impractical. Voluntary 
    consensus standards are technical standards (e.g., materials 
    specifications, test methods, sampling procedures, and business 
    practices) that are developed or adopted by voluntary consensus 
    standards bodies. The NTTAA directs EPA to provide Congress, through 
    OMB, explanations when the Agency decides not to use available and 
    applicable voluntary consensus standards.
        This rulemaking involves technical standards. EPA has decided to 
    use consensus methods published by the three major voluntary consensus 
    method organizations--Standard Methods, AOAC International, and 
    American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)--that would be 
    acceptable for compliance determinations under SDWA for the UCMR (1999) 
    List 1. The voluntary consensus methods found are listed in 
    Sec. 141.40(a)(3), Table 1, List 1. For the Assessment Monitoring 
    portion of the final rule, EPA is approving the use of all of the non-
    EPA analytical methods adopted by these voluntary consensus groups that 
    are applicable to the analyses of these unregulated contaminants when 
    used in conjunction with the required quality-control practices 
    specified in the rule.
        A few public comments suggested the updating of consensus methods 
    approved in Table 1, List 1, or an additional method to consider. To 
    that end, the Agency updated the consensus methods listed to include 
    those identified in the most current (20th) edition of Standard Methods 
    (SM). SM 6200B, from the 20th edition, is also approved for volatile 
    analysis; SM 6210D remains on the list but only appears in previous 
    editions. A commenter suggested use of SM 6640 for DCPA mono and di 
    acids for List 1; however, this method does not address hydrolysis, a 
    critical step in the analyses of this contaminant, so EPA is not 
    including it on the list.
        EPA conducted a search to identify potentially applicable voluntary 
    consensus standards for chemical and microbiological parameters 
    included in Lists 2 and 3 of this rule. EPA identified and listed in 
    the proposal some general methods specifications that the Agency 
    believes may potentially be used to reliably detect some of the 
    contaminants on List 2. However, EPA was unable to find either an EPA 
    or voluntary consensus method applicable to the monitoring required and 
    none were brought to our attention in comments on the proposed rule. 
    Commenters suggested EPA also approve EPA Method 632 for linuron and 
    diuron, which does not include confirmation or preservation steps; and 
    EPA Method 552 for the phenols, which has low recoveries and 
    interferences among the compounds. For these reasons, EPA has not 
    included these EPA methods for the respective contaminants. No other 
    voluntary consensus standards were brought to the Agency's attention in 
    comments on the proposed rule. EPA is developing acceptable methods to 
    determine the presence of the contaminants on Lists 2 and 3, and will 
    take additional public comment when the rules are proposed for 
    monitoring of List 2 and 3 contaminants.
    
    G. Executive Order 12898--Federal Actions to Address Environmental 
    Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations
    
        Executive Order 12898, ``Federal Actions to Address Environmental 
    Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations'' (February 
    11, 1994), focuses federal attention on the environmental and human 
    health conditions of minority and low-income populations with the goal 
    of achieving environmental protection for all communities.
        By seeking to identify unregulated contaminants that may pose 
    health risks via drinking water from all PWSs, the unregulated 
    contaminant monitoring regulation furthers the protection of public 
    health for all citizens, including minority and low-income populations 
    using public water supplies. Using a statistically derived set of 
    systems for the national representative sample that is population-
    weighted within each system size category allocated across States, the 
    final rule ensures that no group within the population is under 
    represented.
    
    H. Federalism Executive Orders
    
        Under Executive Order 12875, EPA may not issue a regulation that is 
    not required by statute and that creates a mandate upon a State, local, 
    or tribal government, unless the Federal government provides the funds 
    necessary to pay the direct compliance costs incurred by those 
    governments, or EPA consults with those governments. If EPA complies by 
    consulting, Executive Order 12875 requires EPA to provide to OMB with a 
    description of the extent of EPA's prior consultation with 
    representatives of affected State, local, and tribal governments; the 
    nature of their concerns; any written communications from the 
    governments; and a statement supporting the need to issue the 
    regulation. In addition, Executive Order 12875 requires EPA to develop 
    an effective process permitting elected officials and other 
    representatives of State, local, and tribal governments ``to provide 
    meaningful and timely input in the development of regulatory proposals 
    containing significant unfunded mandates.''
        EPA has concluded that today's rule will create a mandate on local 
    governments that own or operate PWSs and that the Federal government 
    will not provide the funds necessary to pay all of the direct costs 
    incurred by these governments in complying with the mandate. However, 
    EPA will pay for the
    
    [[Page 50609]]
    
    sample testing costs of small systems and has budgeted funds to do so.
        In developing this rule, EPA consulted with State, local, and 
    tribal governments to enable them to provide meaningful and timely 
    input in the development of this rule. Prior to the publication of the 
    proposed rule, EPA received input through its public stakeholder 
    process, by conducting public meetings and through targeted mailings. 
    Additionally, EPA received input through its public comment process 
    from 22 States, 13 public water systems and local water agencies, and 
    130 other commenters, including non-profit organizations, associations, 
    industry, and individuals. EPA also sent out nearly 400 targeted 
    mailings directly to 360 Tribes, Tribal organizations, and small water 
    system organizations to ensure that they were informed of the proposed 
    rule's publication and had an opportunity to comment. The principal 
    concerns raised were that: (1) States did not want to go through the 
    primacy process; (2) EPA should include perchlorate on the monitoring 
    list; (3) EPA should use multi-analyte methods to the extent possible 
    for testing; and (4) EPA should allow previous monitoring data for some 
    of the contaminants on the list. In response to these principal 
    concerns, EPA changed the implementation steps for the regulation from 
    primacy revisions to a Memorandum of Agreement with States. Perchlorate 
    is now on UCMR List 1 (1999) for early monitoring. EPA incorporated as 
    many additional contaminants in List 1 using multi-analyte methods as 
    possible, specifically moving acetochlor from List 2 to List 1. Systems 
    can submit previously collected data to meet the UCMR, as long as the 
    requirements for sampling, testing and reporting are met.
        Finally, while there is a new executive order on federalism, 
    Executive Order 13132, it will not go into effect until November 3, 
    1999. In the interim, under the current Executive Order 12612 on 
    federalism, this rule does not have a substantial direct effect upon 
    States, upon the relationship between the national government and the 
    States, or upon the distribution of power and responsibilities among 
    the various levels of government. The final rule allows States to 
    decide whether they want to enter a Memorandum of Agreement (MOA) with 
    EPA to implement the monitoring program. If they decide not to enter 
    into an MOA, then EPA will directly implement the monitoring program, 
    since the data are for the purposes of deciding which contaminants to 
    regulate in the future at the Federal level and will not have a direct 
    effect on public health protection under current drinking water 
    standards implemented by States.
    
    I. Executive Order 13084--Consultation and Coordination with Indian 
    Tribal Governments
    
        Under Executive Order 13084, EPA may not issue a regulation that is 
    not required by statute, that significantly or uniquely affects the 
    communities of Indian Tribal governments, and that imposes substantial 
    direct compliance costs on those communities, unless the Federal 
    government provides the funds necessary to pay the direct compliance 
    costs incurred by the Tribal governments, or EPA consults with those 
    governments. If EPA complies by consulting, Executive Order 13084 
    requires EPA to provide to OMB, in a separately identified section of 
    the preamble to the rule, a description of the extent of EPA's prior 
    consultation with representatives of affected Tribal governments, a 
    summary of the nature of their concerns, and a statement supporting the 
    need to issue the regulation. In addition, Executive Order 13084 
    requires EPA to develop an effective process permitting elected 
    officials and other representatives of Indian Tribal governments ``to 
    provide meaningful and timely input in the development of regulatory 
    policies on matters that significantly or uniquely affect their 
    communities.''
        Today's rule does not significantly or uniquely affect the 
    communities of Indian Tribal governments. Only one Tribal water system 
    serves more than 10,000 persons. All the other Tribal water systems 
    serve 10,000 or fewer persons, and in today's rule have an equal 
    probability of being selected in the national representative sample of 
    small systems, for which EPA will pay the costs of unregulated 
    contaminant testing. Thus, these Tribal water systems will be treated 
    the same as water systems of a State and the impact of the rule on them 
    will not be significant.
        This rule will not impose substantial direct compliance costs on 
    such communities either because, with the exception of the one large 
    Tribal water system, the Federal government will provide most of the 
    funds necessary to pay the direct costs incurred by tribal governments 
    in complying with the rule. Accordingly, the requirements of section 
    3(b) of Executive Order 13084 do not apply to this rule. Nevertheless, 
    in developing this rule, EPA consulted with representatives of Tribal 
    governments pursuant to both Executive Order 12875 and Executive Order 
    13084. The extent of EPA's consultation, the nature of the governments' 
    concerns, and EPA's position supporting the need for this rule, are 
    discussed in the preamble section that addresses compliance with 
    Executive Order 12875. Tribes were consulted and raised issues 
    concerning the utility of a targeted, rather than a representative 
    random, sampling approach and the applicability of ``treatment as a 
    State'' under the final rule.
    
    J. Congressional Review Act
    
        The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. Sec. 801 et seq., as added 
    by the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996, 
    generally provides that before a rule may take effect, the agency 
    promulgating the rule must submit a rule report, which includes a copy 
    of the rule, to each House of the Congress and to the Comptroller 
    General of the United States. EPA will submit a report containing this 
    rule and other required information to the U.S. Senate, the U.S. House 
    of Representatives, and the Comptroller General of the United States 
    prior to publication of the rule in the Federal Register. A major rule 
    cannot take effect until 60 days after it is published in the Federal 
    Register. This action is not a ``major rule'' as defined by U.S.C. 
    Sec. 804(2). This rule will be effective January 1, 2001.
    
    XIII. Public Involvement in Regulation Development
    
        EPA's Office of Ground Water and Drinking Water has developed a 
    process for stakeholder involvement in its regulatory activities to 
    provide early input to regulation development. Activities related to 
    the UCMR included meetings for developing the CCL and the information 
    requirements of the NCOD, as well as specific meetings focused on 
    revising the UCMR monitoring list. During the development of the UCMR, 
    stakeholders from a wide range of public and private entities provided 
    key perspectives. Representatives from public water systems, States, 
    industry, and other organizations attended two stakeholder meetings to 
    discuss options directly related to the UCMR. An additional 17 meetings 
    were held with stakeholders and the public concerning issues related to 
    the UCMR. In total, 21 State health and environmental agencies, 5 water 
    systems, 6 water associations, 6 health associations, 5 industrial 
    associations, 4 environmental organizations, 4 community and consumer 
    organizations, 29 companies, and 7 federal agency offices participated 
    in meetings that were instrumental in the development of today's final 
    rule.
        As noted previously, the CCL identifies contaminants for which EPA
    
    [[Page 50610]]
    
    may take regulatory action and for which EPA needs additional data. The 
    UCMR list contains contaminants for which additional data are needed 
    before EPA can determine their regulatory status. The meetings to 
    develop the CCL included stakeholder meetings to discuss the list 
    broadly and meetings focused on particular issues conducted through the 
    National Drinking Water Advisory Council's (NDWAC) Working Group on 
    Occurrence and Contaminant Selection, as follows:
         December 2-3, 1996 Stakeholders Meeting.
         April 3-4, 1997 NDWAC Working Group.
         June 23, 1997 NDWAC Working Group.
         July 17, 1997 NDWAC Working Group.
         January 7, 1998 NDWAC Conference Call.
        These meetings resulted in the Drinking Water Contaminant Candidate 
    List (63 FR 10274, March 2, 1998). The contaminants in today's rule for 
    unregulated contaminant monitoring are taken in large part from the CCL 
    ``Occurrence Priorities.''
        The NCOD development activities included 10 public meetings on 
    information requirements that should be considered for inclusion in the 
    database. These meetings were held between October 1997 and February 
    1998. The work of the NCOD development team is incorporated as the 
    reporting requirements for sample testing in today's unregulated 
    contaminant monitoring regulation. Several documents concerning the 
    NCOD development which were used in the public meetings are:
         Options for the National Drinking Water Contaminant 
    Occurrence Data Base, Background Document (Working Draft), EPA 815-D-
    97-001, May 1997.
         National Drinking Water Contaminant Occurrence Data Base--
    Development Strategy, Background Document (Working Draft), EPA 815-D-
    97-005, December 1997.
         Options for Design of the National Drinking Water 
    Contaminant Occurrence Data Base, Background Document (Working Draft), 
    EPA 815-D-98-001, January 1998.
        EPA held its first stakeholder meeting to discuss options for the 
    development of the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation on 
    December 2 and 3, 1997, in Washington, DC. A variety of stakeholders 
    attended that meeting, including representatives of PWSs, States, 
    industry, health and laboratory organizations, and the public. EPA 
    prepared a background document for the meeting, Options for Developing 
    the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation (Working Draft), EPA 
    815-D-97-003, November 1997. A summary of the meeting is also 
    available. EPA held a second stakeholders meeting on June 3 and 4, 1998 
    to obtain input from interested parties on significant issues evolving 
    from drafting the regulation, which needed further public input. The 
    Agency prepared a public review document for that meeting, Background 
    Information and Draft Annotated Outline for a Proposed Unregulated 
    Contaminant Monitoring Regulation, Background Document, (Working 
    Draft), May 1998. A meeting summary also is available. EPA also sent 
    special requests for review of stakeholder documents to more than 360 
    Tribes (exclusive of the Alaskan native villages) and to small systems 
    organizations to obtain their input.
        In all, EPA held 17 public meetings with stakeholders and 
    interested parties related directly or closely to the final Unregulated 
    Contaminant Monitoring Regulation. Additionally, EPA received 39 
    comments by the public comment date of June 14, 1999, from a range of 
    the public, including individuals, water systems, States, environmental 
    organizations, and associations. EPA also received 121 comments after 
    the comment period, primarily from individuals concerned with 
    perchlorate being on the Monitoring List.
    
    XIV. References
    
        Barbash, J.E., and E.A. Resek. 1996. Pesticides in Ground Water, 
    volume two of the series Pesticides in the Hydrologic System. Ann 
    Arbor Press, Inc., Chelsea, Michigan.
        Battaglin, W., and Hay, L. 1996. Effects of sampling strategies 
    on estimates of annual mean herbicide concentrations in Midwestern 
    rivers. Environmental Science and Technology, v. 30, p. 889-896.
        Hallberg, G. 1989a. Pesticide pollution of groundwater in the 
    humid United States; In Bouwer, H., and Bowman, R.S., eds., Effect 
    of Agriculture on Groundwater. Agriculture, Ecosystems, and 
    Environment, v. 26, p. 299-367.
        Hallberg, G.R. 1989b. Nitrate in groundwater in the United 
    States, In Follett, R.F., ed., Nitrogen Management and Groundwater 
    Protection; Chapter 3, p. 35-74. Elsevier Sci. Pub., Amsterdam, The 
    Netherlands.
        Hallberg, G., and D. Keeney. 1993. Nitrate. In Alley, W.A., 
    Regional Ground-Water Quality; Chapter 2, p. 297-322. Van Nostrand 
    Reinhold, New York, NY.
        Harada, Koh, W.C. Burnett, P.A. LaRock, and J.B. Cowart. 1989. 
    Polonium in Florida groundwater and its possible relationship to the 
    sulfur cycle and bacteria. Geochemica et Cosmochimica Acta, v. 53, 
    pp. 143-150.
        Havelaar, A.H., M. During and J.F. Versteegh. 1987. Ampicillin-
    dextrin agar medium for the enumeration of Aeromonas species in 
    water by membrane filtration. Journal of Applied Bacteriology. 
    62(3):279-287.
        Larson, S.J., P.D. Capel, and M.S. Majewski. 1997. Pesticides in 
    Surface Waters, volume three of the series Pesticides in the 
    Hydrologic System. Ann Arbor Press, Inc., Chelsea, Michigan.
        Newcombe, R.G. 1998. Two-Confidence Intervals for the Single 
    Proportion: Comparison of Seven Methods. Statistics in Medicine, 
    vol. 17, p. 857-872.
        Pinsky, P., M. Lorber, K. Johnson, B. Kross, L. Burmeister, A. 
    Wilkins, and G. Hallberg. 1997. A study of the temporal variability 
    of atrazine in private well water. Environmental Monitoring and 
    Assessment, v. 47, p. 197-221.
        Upchurch, S.B. 1991. Radiochemistry of Uranium-Series Isotopes 
    in Groundwater. Florida Institute of Phosphate Research (Report No. 
    05-022-092).
    
    List of Subjects
    
    40 CFR Part 9
    
        Environmental protection, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
    
    40 CFR Part 141
    
        Environmental protection, Analytical methods, Chemicals, 
    Incorporation by Reference, Intergovernmental relations, 
    Microorganisms, Monitoring, Water supply.
    
    40 CFR Part 142
    
        Environmental protection, Analytical methods, Chemicals, 
    Intergovernmental relations, Microorganisms, Monitoring, Water supply.
    
        Dated: August 30, 1999.
    Carol M. Browner,
    Administrator.
        For the reasons set out in the preamble, title 40 Chapter I of the 
    Code of Federal Regulations is amended as follows:
    
    PART 9--OMB APPROVALS UNDER THE PAPERWORK REDUCTION ACT
    
        1. The authority citation for part 9 continues to read as follows:
    
        Authority: 7 U.S.C. 135 et seq., 136-136y; 15 U.S.C. 2001, 2003, 
    2005, 2006, 2601-2671; 21 U.S.C. 331j, 346a, 348; 31 U.S.C. 9701; 33 
    U.S.C. 1251 et seq., 1311, 1313d, 1314, 1318, 1321, 1326, 1330, 
    1342, 1344, 1345(d) and (e); 1361; E.O. 11735, 38 FR 21243, 3 CFR, 
    1971-1975 Comp. p. 973; 42 U.S.C. 241, 242b, 243, 246, 300f, 300g, 
    300g-1, 300g-2, 300g-3, 300g-4, 300g-5, 300g-6, 300j-1, 300j-2, 
    300j-3, 300j-4, 300j-9, 1857 et seq., 6901-6992k, 7401-7671q, 7542, 
    9601-9657, 11023, 11048.
    
        2. Section 9.1 is amended by removing the entry for ``141.33-
    141.35''; revising the entry for ``141.40''; and by adding in numerical 
    order under the indicated heading new entries ``141.33-141.34'' and 
    ``141.35'' to read as follows:
    
    [[Page 50611]]
    
    Sec. 9.1  OMB approvals under the Paperwork Reduction Act.
    
    * * * * *
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                OMB control
                         40 CFR Citation                            No.
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   National Primary Drinking Water Regulations
    141.33-141.34...........................................       2040-0090
    141.35..................................................       2040-0208
    141.40..................................................       2040-0208
     
                      *        *        *        *        *
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    PART 141--NATIONAL PRIMARY DRINKING WATER REGULATIONS
    
        1. The authority citation for part 141 continues to read as 
    follows:
    
        Authority: 42 U.S.C. 300f, 300g-1, 300g-2, 300g-3, 300g-4, 300g-
    5, 300g-6, 300j-4, 300j-9, and 300j-11.
    
        2. Section 141.35 is revised to read as follows:
    
    
    Sec. 141.35  Reporting of unregulated contaminant monitoring results.
    
        (a) Does this reporting apply to me? (1) This section applies to 
    any owner or operator of a public water system required to monitor for 
    unregulated contaminants under Sec. 141.40. This section requires you 
    to report the results of this monitoring.
        (2) Exception. You do not need to report results if you are a 
    system serving a population of 10,000 or less, since EPA will arrange 
    for testing and reporting of the results. However, you will still need 
    to comply with consumer confidence reporting and public notification 
    requirements for these results.
        (b) To whom must I report? You must report the results of 
    unregulated contaminant monitoring to EPA and provide a copy to the 
    State. You must also notify the public of the monitoring results as 
    provided in Subpart O (Consumer Confidence Reports) and Subpart Q 
    (Public Notification) of this part.
        (c) When must I report monitoring results? You must report the 
    results of unregulated contaminant monitoring within thirty (30) days 
    following the month in which you received the results from the 
    laboratory . EPA will place the data in the national drinking water 
    contaminant occurrence database sixty (60) days after you report the 
    data to allow for quality control review by systems and States.
        (d) What information must I report? You must report the information 
    specified in the following table for each sample, and for each spiked 
    sample and spike duplicate sample analyzed for quality control purposes 
    and associated with each sample and its sample batch:
    
       Table 1.--Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Reporting Requirements
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Data element                          Definition
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1. Public Water System (PWS)   The code used to identify each PWS. The
     Identification Number.         code begins with the standard two-
                                    character postal State abbreviation; the
                                    remaining seven characters are unique to
                                    each PWS.
    2. Public Water System         An identification number established by
     Facility Identification        the State, or, at the State's
     Number--Source, Treatment      discretion, the PWS, that is unique to
     Plant, and Sampling Point.     the system for an intake for each source
                                    of water, a treatment plant and a
                                    sampling point. Within each PWS, each
                                    intake, treatment plant and sampling
                                    point must receive a unique
                                    identification number, including, for
                                    intake; surface water intake, ground
                                    water well or wellfield centroid; and
                                    including, for sampling point; entry
                                    points to the distribution system,
                                    wellhead, intake, locations within the
                                    distribution system, or other
                                    representative sampling point specified
                                    by the State. The same identification
                                    number must be used consistently
                                    throughout the history of unregulated
                                    contaminant monitoring to represent the
                                    facility.
    3. Sample Collection Date....  The date the sample is collected reported
                                    as 4-digit year, 2-digit month, and 2-
                                    digit day.
    4. Sample Identification       A numeric value assigned by the PWS or
     Number.                        laboratory to uniquely identify a
                                    specific sampling occurrence.
    5. Contaminant/Parameter.....  The unregulated contaminant or water
                                    quality parameter for which the sample
                                    is being analyzed.
    6. Analytical Results--Sign..  An alphanumeric value indicating whether
                                    the sample analysis result was:
                                   (a) (<) ``less="" than''="" means="" the="" contaminant="" was="" not="" detected="" or="" was="" detected="" at="" a="" level="" ``less="" than''="" the="" mrl.="" (b)="" (=")" ``equal="" to''="" means="" the="" contaminant="" was="" detected="" at="" a="" level="" ``equal="" to''="" the="" value="" reported="" in="" ``analytical="" result--value.''="" 7.="" analytical="" result--value..="" the="" actual="" numeric="" value="" of="" the="" analysis="" for="" chemical="" and="" microbiological="" results,="" or="" the="" minimum="" reporting="" level="" (mrl)="" if="" the="" analytical="" result="" is="" less="" than="" the="" specified="" contaminant's="" mrl="" 8.="" analytical="" result--unit="" of="" the="" unit="" of="" measurement="" for="" the="" measure.="" analytical="" results="" reported.="" [e.g.,="" micrograms="" per="" liter,="">g/L);
                                    colony-forming units per milliliter,
                                    (CFU/mL), etc.]
    9. Analytical Method Number..  The identification number of the
                                    analytical method used.
    10. Sample Analysis Type.....  The type of sample collected. Permitted
                                    values include:
                                   (a) Field Sample--sample collected and
                                    submitted for analysis under this rule.
                                   (b) Batch Spike/Spike Duplicate--Samples
                                    associated with a batch used for
                                    calculating analytical precision and
                                    accuracy. A batch is defined as the set
                                    of field samples plus one spiked sample
                                    and one spiked duplicate sample analyzed
                                    for contaminant concentrations
    11. Sample Batch               A number assigned by the laboratory to
     Identification Number.         the batch of samples analyzed with the
                                    spiked sample (at the spiking
                                    concentration reported), to be reported
                                    as 9-digit laboratory number (assigned
                                    by the State or EPA), 4-digit year, 2-
                                    digit month, 2-digit day and 2-digit
                                    batch number.
    12. Detection Level..........  ``Detection level'' refers to the
                                    detection limit applied to both the
                                    method and equipment. Detection limit is
                                    the lowest concentration of a target
                                    contaminant that a given method or piece
                                    of equipment can reliably ascertain and
                                    report as greater than zero ( e.g.,
                                    Instrument Detection Limit, Method
                                    Detection Limit, or Estimated Detection
                                    Limit).
    13. Detection Level Unit of    The unit of measure to express the
     Measure.                       concentration, count, or other value of
                                    a contaminant level for the detection
                                    level reported.
                                   (e.g., g/L, colony forming units/
                                    mL (CFU/mL), etc.)
    
    [[Page 50612]]
    
     
    14. Analytical Precision.....  Precision is the degree of agreement
                                    among a set of repeated measurements and
                                    is monitored through the use of
                                    replicate samples or measurements. For
                                    purposes of the Unregulated Contaminant
                                    Monitoring Regulation (UCMR), Analytical
                                    Precision is defined as the relative
                                    percent difference (RPD) between spiked
                                    matrix duplicates. The RPD for the
                                    spiked matrix duplicates analyzed in the
                                    same batch of samples as the analytical
                                    result being reported is to be entered
                                    in this field. Precision is calculated
                                    as Relative Percent Difference (RPD)
                                    between spiked matrix duplicates using,
                                   RPD = [(X1-X2) /  (X1 + X2)/2]  x  100
    15. Analytical Accuracy......  Accuracy describes how close a result is
                                    to the true value measured through the
                                    use of spikes, standards, surrogates or
                                    performance evaluation samples. For
                                    purposes of unregulated contaminant
                                    monitoring, accuracy is defined as the
                                    percent recovery of the contaminant in
                                    the spiked matrix sample analyzed in the
                                    same analytical batch as the sample
                                    result being reported and calculated
                                    using;
                                   % recovery = [(amt. found in spiked
                                    sample--amt. found in sample) / amt.
                                    spiked]  x  100
    16. Spiking Concentration....  The concentration of method analytes
                                    added to a sample to be analyzed for
                                    calculating analytical precision and
                                    accuracy where the value reported use
                                    the same unit of measure reported for
                                    Analytical Results
    17. Presence/Absence.........  Chemicals: Presence--a response was
                                    produced by the analysis (i.e., greater
                                    than or equal to the MDL but less than
                                    the MRL)/Absence--no response was
                                    produced by the analysis (i.e., less
                                    than the MDL).
                                   Microbiologicals: Presence--indicates a
                                    response was produced by the analysis /
                                    Absence--indicates no response was
                                    produced by the analysis.
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (e) How must I report this information? You must report this 
    information in the electronic or other format specified by EPA.
        (f) Can the laboratory to which I send samples report the results 
    for me? Yes, as long as the laboratory sends you a copy for review and 
    recordkeeping. However, you are responsible for the reporting of this 
    information and ensuring that the laboratory reports these results to 
    EPA, with a copy to the State, on time.
        (g) Can I report previously collected data to meet the testing and 
    reporting requirements for the contaminants listed in 
    Sec. 141.40(a)(3)? Yes, as long as the data meet the specific 
    requirements of Sec. 141.40(a)(3), (4), (5), and Appendix A of 
    Sec. 141.40 and you report the data with the information specified in 
    paragraph (d) of this section.
        3. Section 141.40 is revised to read as follows:
    
    
    Sec. 141.40  Monitoring requirements for unregulated contaminants.
    
        (a) Requirements for owners and operators of public water systems. 
    (1) Do I have to monitor for unregulated contaminants?
        (i) Transient systems. If you own or operate a transient non-
    community water system, you do not have to monitor for unregulated 
    contaminants.
        (ii) Large systems not purchasing their entire water supply from 
    another system. If you own or operate a wholesale or retail public 
    water system (other than a transient system) that serves more than 
    10,000 persons, as determined by the State, and do not purchase your 
    entire water supply from another public water system, you must monitor 
    as follows:
        (A) You must monitor for the unregulated contaminants on List 1 of 
    Table 1, Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation (1999) List, in 
    paragraph (a)(3) of this section.
        (B) You must monitor for the unregulated contaminants on List 2 of 
    Table 1, Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation (1999) List, in 
    paragraph (a)(3) of this section, if notified by your State or EPA that 
    you are part of the Screening Surveys.
        (C) You must monitor for the unregulated contaminants on List 3 of 
    Table 1, Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation (1999) List, in 
    paragraph (a)(3) of this section, if notified by your State or EPA that 
    you are part of the Pre-Screen Testing.
        (iii) Large systems purchasing their entire water supply from 
    another system. If you own or operate a public water system (other than 
    a transient system) that serves more than 10,000 persons and purchase 
    your entire water supply from a wholesale public water system, you must 
    monitor as follows:
        (A) You must monitor for the unregulated contaminants on List 1 of 
    Table 1, Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation (1999) List, in 
    paragraph (a)(3) of this section, that have a ``sampling location'' 
    indicated as ``distribution system''.
        (B) You must monitor for the unregulated contaminants on List 2 of 
    Table 1, Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation (1999) List, in 
    paragraph (a)(3) of this section, that have a ``sampling location'' 
    indicated as ``distribution system'' if notified by your State or EPA 
    that you are part of the Screening Surveys.
        (C) You must monitor for the unregulated contaminants on List 3 of 
    Table 1, Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation (1999) List, in 
    paragraph (a)(3) of this section, that have a ``sampling location'' 
    indicated as ``distribution system'' if notified by your State or EPA 
    that you are part of the Pre-Screen Testing.
        (iv) Small systems not purchasing their entire water supply from 
    another system. If you own or operate a public water system (other than 
    a transient system) that serves 10,000 or fewer persons and do not 
    purchase your entire water supply from another public water system, you 
    must monitor as follows:
        (A) You must monitor for the unregulated contaminants on List 1 of 
    Table 1, Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation (1999) List, in 
    paragraph (a)(3) of this section, if you are notified by your State or 
    EPA that you are part of the State Monitoring Plan for small systems.
        (B) You must monitor for the unregulated contaminants on List 2 of 
    Table 1, Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation (1999) List, in 
    paragraph (a)(3) of this section, if you are notified by your State or 
    EPA that you are part of the Screening Surveys.
        (C) You must monitor for the unregulated contaminants on List 3 of 
    Table 1, Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation (1999) List, in 
    paragraph (a)(3) of this section, if you are notified by your State or 
    EPA that you are part of the Pre-Screen Testing.
        (v) Small systems purchasing their entire water supply from another
    
    [[Page 50613]]
    
    system. If you own or operate a public water system (other than a 
    transient system) that serves 10,000 or fewer persons and purchase your 
    entire water supply from a wholesale public water system, you must 
    monitor as follows:
        (A) You must monitor for the unregulated contaminants on List 1 of 
    Table 1, Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation (1999) List, in 
    paragraph (a)(3) of this section, that have a ``sampling location'' 
    indicated as ``distribution system'' if you are notified by your State 
    or EPA that you are part of the State Monitoring Plan for small 
    systems.
        (B) You must monitor for the unregulated contaminants on List 2 of 
    Table 1, Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation (1999) List, in 
    paragraph (a)(3) of this section, that have a ``sampling location'' 
    indicated as ``distribution system'' if you are notified by your State 
    or EPA that you are part of the Screening Surveys.
        (C) You must monitor for the unregulated contaminants on List 3 of 
    Table 1, Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation (1999) List, in 
    paragraph (a)(3) of this section, that have a ``sampling location'' 
    indicated as ``distribution system'' if you are notified by your State 
    or EPA that you are part of the Pre-Screen Testing.
        (2) How would I be selected for the monitoring under the State 
    Monitoring Plan, the Screening Surveys, or the Pre-Screen Testing? (i) 
    State Monitoring Plan. Only a representative sample of small systems 
    must monitor for unregulated contaminants. EPA will select a national 
    representative sample of small public water systems in each State 
    through the use of a random number generator. Selection will be 
    weighted by population served within each system water source type 
    (surface or ground water) and system size category (systems serving 25-
    500, 501-3,300, and 3,301-10,000 persons). EPA may allocate additional 
    systems to water source types or system size categories to increase the 
    statistical inferential ability for those categories. EPA will also 
    select a small group of systems to be ``Index systems.'' Systems 
    selected as Index systems are required to provide information about 
    their site and operation that will serve to allow extrapolation of 
    their results to other systems of similar size, rather than collecting 
    detailed information at every small system. Each State will have the 
    opportunity to make some modifications to the list of small systems 
    that EPA selects. You will be notified by the State or EPA if your 
    system is part of the final State Monitoring Plan.
        (ii) Screening Surveys. The purpose of the Screening Surveys is to 
    determine the occurrence of contaminants in drinking water or sources 
    of drinking water for which analytical methods have recently been 
    developed for unregulated contaminant monitoring. EPA will select up to 
    300 systems to participate in each survey by using a random number 
    generator. You will be notified by the State or EPA if your system is 
    selected for monitoring under the Screening Surveys.
        (iii) Pre-screen Testing. The purpose of Pre-Screen Testing is to 
    determine the occurrence of contaminants for which EPA needs to 
    evaluate new analytical methods in locations where the contaminants are 
    most likely to be found. EPA will select up to 200 systems to 
    participate in this testing after considering the characteristics of 
    the contaminants, precipitation, system operation, and environmental 
    conditions. You will be notified by the State or EPA that your system 
    has been selected for monitoring under the Pre-Screen Testing program.
        (3) For which contaminants must I monitor? Lists 1, 2 and 3 of 
    unregulated contaminants are listed in the following table:
    
                                               Table 1.--Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation (1999) List
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       List 1--Assessment Monitoring Chemical Contaminants
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                                       6-Period during which
               1-Contaminant              2-CAS registry number   3-Analytical methods    4-Minimum reporting    5-Sampling location      monitoring to be
                                                                                                 level                                       completed
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    2,4-dinitrotoluene.................  121-14-2..............  EPA 525.2 a...........  2 g/L e.....  EPTDS f..............  2001-2003
    2,6-dinitrotoluene.................  606-20-2..............  EPA 525.2 a...........  2 g/L e.....  EPTDS f..............  2001-2003
    Acetochlor.........................  34256-82-1............  Reserved m............  Reserved m...........  EPTDS f..............  2001-2003
    DCPA mono-acid degradate...........  887-54-7..............  EPA 515.1 a...........  1 g/L e.....  EPTDS f..............  2001-2003
                                                                 EPA 515.2 a
                                                                 D5317-93 b
                                                                 AOAC 992.32 c
    DCPA di-acid degradate.............  2136-79-0.............  EPA 515.1 a...........  1 g/L e.....  EPTDS f..............  2001-2003
                                                                 EPA 515.2 a
                                                                 D5317-93 b
                                                                 AOAC 992.32 c
    4,4'-DDE...........................  72-55-9...............  EPA 508 a.............  0.8 g/L e...  EPTDS f..............  2001-2003
                                                                 EPA 508.1 a
                                                                 EPA 525.2 a
                                                                 D5812-96 b
                                                                 AOAC 990.06 c
    EPTC...............................  759-94-4..............  EPA 507 a.............  1 g/L e.....  EPTDS f..............  2001-2003
                                                                 EPA 525.2 a
                                                                 D5475-93 b
                                                                 AOAC 991.07 c
    Molinate...........................  2212-67-1.............  EPA 507 a.............  0.9 g/L e...  EPTDS f..............  2001-2003
                                                                 EPA 525.2 a
                                                                 D5475-93 b
                                                                 AOAC 991.07 c
    MTBE...............................  1634-04-4.............  EPA 524.2 a...........  5 g/L g.....  EPTDS f..............  2001-2003
                                                                 D5790-95b
                                                                 SM 6210D d
                                                                 SM 6200B d
    
    [[Page 50614]]
    
     
    Nitrobenzene.......................  98-95-3...............  EPA 524.2 a...........  10 g/L g....  EPTDS f..............  2001-2003
                                                                 D5790-95 b
                                                                 SM6210D d
                                                                 SM6200B d
    Perchlorate........................  14797-73-0............  Reserved m............  Reserved m...........  EPTDS f..............  2001-2003
    Terbacil...........................  5902-51-2.............  EPA 507 a.............  2 g/L e.....  EPTDS f..............  2001-2003
                                                                 EPA 525.2 a
                                                                 D5475-93 b
                                                                 AOAC 991.07 c
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    
     
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          List 2--Screening Survey Chemical Contaminants  To Be Sampled After Notice of Analytical Methods Availability
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                                       6-Period during which
               1-Contaminant              2-CAS registry number   3-Analytical methods    4-Minimum reporting    5-Sampling location      monitoring to be
                                                                                                 level                                       completed
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1,2-diphenylhydrazine..............  122-66-7..............  EPA 525.2 i...........  Reserved h...........  EPTDS f..............  Reserved h
    2-methyl-phenol....................  95-48-7...............  SPE/GC/MS l...........  Reserved h...........  EPTDS f..............  Reserved h
    2,4-dichlorophenol.................  120-83-2..............  SPE/GC/MS l...........  Reserved h...........  EPTDS f..............  Reserved h
    2,4-dinitrophenol..................  51-28-5...............  SPE/GC/MS l...........  Reserved h...........  EPTDS f..............  Reserved h
    2,4,6-trichlorophenol..............  88-06-2...............  SPE/GC/MS l...........  Reserved h...........  EPTDS f..  Reserved h
    Alachlor ESA.......................  TBD h.................  TBD h.................  Reserved h...........  EPTDS f..............  Reserved h
    Diazinon...........................  333-41-5..............  EPA 525.2 k...........  Reserved h...........  EPTDS f..............  Reserved h
    Disulfoton.........................  298-04-4..............  EPA 525.2 k...........  Reserved h...........  EPTDS f..............  Reserved h
    Diuron.............................  330-54-1..............  SPE/HPLC/ UV j........  Reserved h...........  EPTDS f..............  Reserved h
    Fonofos............................  944-22-9..............  EPA 525.2 i...........  Reserved h...........  EPTDS f..............  Reserved h
    Linuron............................  330-55-2..............  SPE/HPLC/UV j.........  Reserved h...........  EPTDS f..............  Reserved h
    Polonium-210.......................  13981-52-7............  Reserved h............  Reserved h...........  Reserved h...........  Reserved h
    Prometon...........................  1610-18-0.............  EPA 525.2 k...........  Reserved h...........  EPTDS f..............  Reserved h
    Terbufos...........................  13071-79-9............  EPA 525.2 k...........  Reserved h...........  EPTDS f..............  Reserved h
    RDX................................  121-82-4..............  Reserved h............  Reserved h...........  EPTDS f..............  Reserved
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    
     
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      List 2--Screening Survey Microbiological Contaminants  To Be Sampled After Notice of Analytical Methods Availability
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                                       6-Period during which
               1-Contaminant                2-Identification      3-Analytical methods    4-Minimum reporting    5-Sampling location      monitoring to be
                                                 number                                          level                                       completed
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Aeromonas..........................  Reserved h............  Reserved h............  Reserved h...........  Reserved h...........  Reserved
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    
     
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             List 3--Pre-Screen Testing Radionuclides  To Be Sampled After Notice of Analytical Methods Availability
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                                       6-Period during which
               1-Contaminant              2-CAS registry number   3-Analytical methods    4-Minimum reporting    5-Sampling location      monitoring to be
                                                                                                 level                                       completed
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Lead-210...........................  14255-04-0............  Reserved h............  Reserved h...........  Reserved h...........  Reserved
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    
    [[Page 50615]]
    
    
     
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            List 3--Pre-Screen Testing Microorganisms  To Be Sampled After Notice of Analytical Methods Availability
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                                       6-Period during which
               1-Contaminant                2-Identification      3-Analytical methods    4-Minimum reporting    5-Sampling location      monitoring to be
                                                 number                                          level                                       completed
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Cyanobacteria (blue-green algae,     Reserved h............  Reserved h............  Reserved h...........  Reserved h...........  Reserved h
     other freshwater algae and their
     toxins).
    Echoviruses........................  Reserved h............  Reserved h............  Reserved h...........  Reserved h...........  Reserved h
    Coxsackieviruses...................  Reserved h............  Reserved h............  Reserved h...........  Reserved h...........  Reserved h
    Helicobacter pylori................  Reserved h............  Reserved h............  Reserved h...........  Reserved h...........  Reserved h
    Microsporidia......................  Reserved h............  Reserved h............  Reserved h...........  Reserved h...........  Reserved h
    Calciviruses.......................  Reserved h............  Reserved h............  Reserved h...........  Reserved h...........  Reserved h
    Adenoviruses.......................  Reserved h............  Reserved h............  Reserved h...........  Reserved h...........  Reserved h
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Column headings are:
    1-Chemical or microbiological contaminant: the name of the contaminants to be analyzed.
    2-CAS (Chemical Abstract Service Number) Registry No. or Identification Number: a unique number identifying the chemical contaminants.
    3-Analytical Methods: method numbers identifying the methods that must be used to test the contaminants.
    4-Minimum Reporting Level: the value and unit of measure at or above which the concentration or density of the contaminant must be measured using the
      Approved Analytical Methods.
    5-Sampling Location: the locations within a PWS at which samples must be collected.
    6-Years During Which Monitoring to Be Completed: The years during which the sampling and testing are to occur for the indicated contaminant.
    The procedures shall be done in accordance with the documents listed below. The incorporation by reference of the following documents listed in
      footnotes b-d was approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies of the documents may
      be obtained from the sources listed below. Information regarding obtaining these documents can be obtained from the Safe Drinking Water Hotline at 800-
      426-4791. Documents may be inspected at EPA's Drinking Water Docket, 401 M Street, SW., Washington, DC 20460 (Telephone: 202-260-3027); or at the
      Office of Federal Register, 800 North Capitol Street, NW., Suite 700, Washington, DC.
    a The version of the EPA methods which you must follow for this Rule are listed at 40 CFR 141.24 (e).
    b Annual Book of ASTM Standards, 1996 and 1998, Vol. 11.02, American Society for Testing and Materials. Method D5812-96 is located in the Annual Book of
      ASTM Standards, 1998, Vol. 11.02. Methods D5790-95, D5475-93, and D5317-93 are located in the Annual Book of ASTM Standards, 1996 and 1998, Vol 11.02.
      Copies may be obtained from the American Society for Testing and Materials, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428.
    b Official Methods of Analysis of AOAC (Association of Official Analytical Chemist) International, Sixteenth Edition, 4th Revision, 1998, Volume I, AOAC
      International, First Union National Bank Lockbox, PO Box 75198, Baltimore, MD 21275-5198. 1-800-379-2622.
    d SM 6210 D is only found in the 18th and 19th editions of Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 1992 and 1995, American Public
      Health Association; either edition may be used. SM 6200 B is only found in the 20th edition of Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and
      Wastewater, 1998. Copies may be obtained from the American Public Health Association, 1015 Fifteenth Street NW, Washington, DC 20005.
    e Minimum Reporting Level determined by multiplying by 10 the least sensitive method's minimum detection limit (MDL=standard deviation times the
      Student's T value for 99% confidence level with n-1 degrees of freedom), or when available, multiplying by 5 the least sensitive method's estimated
      detection limit (where the EDL equals the concentration of compound yielding approximately a 5 to 1 signal to noise ratio or the calculated MDL,
      whichever is greater).
    f Entry Points to the Distribution System (EPTDS), After Treatment, representing each non-emergency water source in routine use over the twelve-month
      period of monitoring; sampling must occur at the EPTDS, unless the State has specified other sampling points that are used for compliance monitoring
      40 CFR 141.24 (f)(1), (2), and (3). See 40 CFR 141.40(a)(5)(ii)(C) for a complete explanation of requirements, including the use of source (raw) water
      sampling points.
    g Minimum Reporting Levels (MRL) for Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) determined by multiplying either the published Method Detection Limit (MDL) or 0.5
      g/L times 10, whichever is greater. The MDL of 0.5 g/L (0.0005 mg/L) was selected to conform to VOC MDL requirements of 40 CFR
      141.24(f)(17)(i)(E).
    h To be Determined at a later time
    i Compound currently not listed as a contaminant in this method.
    j Methods development currently in progress to develop a solid phase extraction/high performance liquid chromatography/ultraviolet method for the
      determination of this compound.
    k Compound listed as being a contaminant using EPA Method 525.2; however, adequate sample preservation is not available. Preservation studies currently
      being conducted to develop adequate sample preservation.
    l Methods development currently in progress to develop a solid phase extraction/gas chromatography/mass spectrometry method for the determination of
      this compound.
    m If not determined by regulation by December 31, 2000, this contaminant will become part of List 2.
    
    
        (4) What general requirements must I follow for monitoring List 1 
    contaminants? (i) All systems. You must:
        (A) Collect samples of the listed contaminants in accordance with 
    paragraph (a)(5) of this section and Appendix A of this section and any 
    other specific instructions provided to you by the State or EPA,
        (B) Analyze the additional parameters specified below in Table 2. 
    ``Water Quality Parameters to be Monitored with UCMR Contaminants'' for 
    each relevant contaminant type. You must analyze the parameters for 
    each sampling event of each sampling point, using the method indicated, 
    and report using the data elements 1 through 10 in Table 1, 
    Sec. 141.35(d), Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Reporting 
    Requirements;
        (C) Review the laboratory testing results to ensure reliability; 
    and
        (D) Report the results as specified in Sec. 141.35.
    
    [[Page 50616]]
    
    
    
                                            Table 2.--Water Quality Parameters To Be Monitored With UCMR Contaminants
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                           Methodology
                  Parameter                    Contaminant type     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       EPA method            Standard methods \1\                        Other
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    pH...................................  Chemical;...............       \2\ 150.1  4500-H + B                           ASTM D1293-84 \3\
                                           Microbiological.........       \2\ 150.2                                       ASTM D1293-95 \3\
    Turbidity............................  Microbiological.........        4,5180.1  2130 B \4\                           GLI Method 2 4,6
    Temperature..........................  Microbiological.........  ..............  2550                                 ..................................
    Free Disinfectant Residual...........  Microbiological.........  ..............  4500-Cl D                            ASTM D 1253-86 \3\
                                                                                     4500-Cl F
                                                                                     4500-Cl G
                                                                                     4500-Cl H
                                                                                     4500-ClO2 D
                                                                                     4500-ClO2 E
                                                                                     4500-O3 B
    Total Disinfectant Residual..........  Microbiological.........  ..............  4500-Cl D                            ASTM D 1253-86 \3\
                                                                                     4500-Cl E \4\
                                                                                     4500-Cl F
                                                                                     4500-Cl G \4\
                                                                                     4500-Cl I
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    The procedures shall be done in accordance with the documents listed below. The incorporation by reference of the following documents was approved by
      the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies of the documents may be obtained from the sources
      listed below. Information regarding obtaining these documents can be obtained from the Safe Drinking Water Hotline at 800-426-4791. Documents may be
      inspected at EPA's Drinking Water Docket, 401 M Street, SW., Washington, DC 20460 (Telephone: 202-260-3027); or at the Office of Federal Register, 800
      North Capitol Street, NW., Suite 700, Washington, DC.
    \1\ The 18th and 19th Editions of Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 1992 and 1995. Methods 2130 B; 2550; 4500-Cl D, E, F, G,
      H, I; 4500-ClO2 D, E; 4500-H+ B; and 4500-O3 B in the 20th edition Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 1998, American Public
      Health Association, 1015 Fifteenth St. NW, Washington D.C., 20005.
    \2\ Methods 150.1 and 150.2 are available from US EPA, NERL, 26 W. Martin Luther King Dr., Cincinnati, Ohio 45268. The identical methods are also in
      ``Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes,'' EPA-600/4-79-020, March 1983, available from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS),
      U.S. Department of Commerce, 5285 Port Royal Rd., Springfield, Virginia 22161, PB84-128677. (Note: NTIS toll-free number is 800-553-6847.)
    \3\ Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Editions 1994 and 1996,Volumes 11.01, American Society for Testing and Materials, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West
      Conshohocken, PA 19428. Version D1293-84 is located in the Annual Book of ASTM Standards, 1994, Volumes 11.01. Version D1293-95 is located in the
      Annual Book of ASTM Standards, 1996, Volumes 11.01.
    \4\ ``Technical Notes on Drinking Water,'' EPA-600/R-94-173, October 1994, Available at NTIS, PB95-104766.
    \5\ ``Methods for the Determination of Inorganic Substances in Environmental Samples,'' EPA-600/R-93-100, August 1993. Available at NTIS, PB94-121811
    \6\ GLI Method 2, ``Turbidity,'' November 2, 1992, Great Lakes Instruments Inc., 8855 North 55th St., Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53223.
    
        (ii) Large systems. In addition to paragraph (a)(4)(i) of this 
    section, you must arrange for testing of the samples according to the 
    methods specified for each contaminant in Table 1, Unregulated 
    Contaminant Monitoring Regulation (1999) List, in paragraph (a)(3) of 
    this section, and in Appendix A of this section.
        (iii) Small systems. Unless directed otherwise by the State or EPA, 
    in addition to paragraph (a)(4)(i) of this section , you must:
        (A) Properly receive, store, maintain and use the sampling 
    equipment sent to you from the laboratory designated by EPA;
        (B) Sample at the times specified by the State or the EPA;
        (C) Collect and pack samples in accordance with the instructions 
    sent to you by the laboratory designated by EPA; and
        (D) Send the samples to the laboratory designated by EPA.
        (5) What specific sampling and quality control requirements must I 
    follow for monitoring of List 1 contaminants? (i) All systems. Unless 
    the State or EPA informs you of other sampling arrangements, you must 
    comply with the following requirements:
        (A) Sample collection and shipping time. If you must ship the 
    samples for testing, you must collect the samples early enough in the 
    day to allow adequate time to send the samples for overnight delivery 
    to the laboratory since some samples must be processed at the 
    laboratory within 30 hours of collection. You must not collect samples 
    on Friday, Saturday or Sunday because sampling on these days would not 
    allow samples to be shipped and received at the laboratory within 30 
    hours.
        (B) No compositing of samples. You must not composite (that is, 
    combine, mix or blend) the samples. You must collect, preserve and test 
    each sample separately.
        (C) Review and reporting of results. After you have received the 
    laboratory results, you must review and confirm the system information 
    and data regarding sample collection and test results. You must report 
    the results as provided in Sec. 141.35.
        (ii) Large systems. In addition to paragraph (a)(5)(i) of this 
    section, you must comply with the following:
        (A) Timeframe. You must collect the samples in one twelve-month 
    period during the years indicated in column 6 of Table 1, Unregulated 
    Contaminant Monitoring Regulation (1999) List.
        (B) Frequency. You must collect the samples within the timeframe 
    and according to the following frequency specified by contaminant type 
    and water source type:
    
    [[Page 50617]]
    
    
    
                          Table 3.--Monitoring Frequency by Contaminant and Water Source Types
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Contaminant type              Water source type           Timeframe                 Frequency
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Chemical...........................  Surface water.........  Twelve (12) months....  Four quarterly samples
                                                                                          taken as follows: Select
                                                                                          either the first, second,
                                                                                          or third month of a
                                                                                          quarter and sample in that
                                                                                          same month of each of four
                                                                                          (4) consecutive quarters a
                                                                                          to ensure that one of
                                                                                          those sampling events
                                                                                          occurs during the
                                                                                          vulnerable time.b
                                         Ground water..........  Twelve (12) months....  Two (2) times in a year
                                                                                          taken as follows: Sample
                                                                                          during one (1) month of
                                                                                          the vulnerable time b and
                                                                                          during one (1) month five
                                                                                          (5) to seven (7) months
                                                                                          earlier or later.c
    Microbiological....................  Surface and ground      Twelve (12) months....  Two (2) times in a year
                                          water.                                          taken as follows: Sample
                                                                                          during one (1) month of
                                                                                          the vulnerable time b and
                                                                                          during one (1) month five
                                                                                          (5) to seven (7) months
                                                                                          earlier or later.c
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    a ``Select either the first, second, or third month of a quarter and sample in that same month of each of four
      (4) consecutive quarters'' means that you must monitor during each of the four (4) months of either: January,
      April, July, October; or February, May, August, November; or March, June, September, December.
    b ``Vulnerable time'' means May 1 through July 31, unless the State or EPA informs you that it has selected a
      different time period for sampling as your system's vulnerable time.
    c ``Sample during one (1) month of the vulnerable time and during one (1) month five (5) to seven (7) months
      earlier or later'' means, for example, that if you select May as your ``vulnerable time'' month to sample,
      then one (1) month five (5) to seven (7) months earlier would be either October, November or December of the
      preceding year, and one (1) month five (5) to seven (7) months later would be either, October, November, or
      December of the same year.
    
        (C) Location. You must collect samples at the location specified 
    for each listed contaminant in column 5 of the Table 1, UCMR (1999) 
    List, in paragraph (a)(3) of this section. The sampling location for 
    chemical contaminants must be the entry point to the distribution 
    system or the compliance monitoring point specified by the State or EPA 
    under 40 CFR 141.24(f)(1), (2), and (3). If the compliance monitoring 
    point as specified by the State is for source (raw) water and any of 
    the contaminants in paragraph (a)(3) of this section are detected, then 
    you must also sample at the entry point to the distribution system at 
    the frequency indicated in paragraph (a)(5)(ii)(B) of this section with 
    the following exception: If the State or EPA determines that sampling 
    at the entry point to the distribution system is unnecessary because no 
    treatment was instituted between the source water and the distribution 
    system that would affect measurement of the contaminants listed in 
    paragraph (a)(3) of this section, then you do not have to sample at the 
    entry point to the distribution system.
        (D) Sampling instructions. You must follow the sampling procedure 
    for the method specified in column 3 of List 1 of Table 1, Unregulated 
    Contaminant Monitoring Regulation (1999) List, in paragraph (a)(3) of 
    this section, for each contaminant.
        (E) Testing and analytical methods. For each listed contaminant, 
    you must use the analytical method specified in column 3 of List 1 of 
    Table 1, Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation (1999) List, in 
    paragraph (a)(3) of this section, the minimum reporting levels in 
    column 4 of List 1 of Table 1, Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring 
    Regulation (1999) List, in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, and the 
    quality control procedures specified in Appendix A of this section.
        (F) Sampling deviations. If you do not collect a sample according 
    to the procedures specified for a listed contaminant, you must resample 
    within 14 days of observing the occurrence of the error (which may 
    include notification from the laboratory that you must resample) 
    following the procedures specified for the method. (This resampling is 
    not for confirmation sampling but to correct the sampling error.)
        (G) Testing. You must arrange for the testing of the contaminants 
    by a laboratory certified under Sec. 141.28 for compliance analysis 
    using the EPA analytical methods listed in column 3 for each 
    contaminant in Table 1, Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation 
    (1999) List, in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, whether you use the 
    EPA analytical methods or non-EPA methods listed in Table 1.
        (iii) Small systems that are part of the State Monitoring Plan. 
    Unless directed otherwise by the State or EPA, in addition to paragraph 
    (a)(5)(i) of this section, you must comply with the following:
        (A) Timeframe and frequency. You must collect samples at the times 
    specified for you by the State or EPA, within the timeframe specified 
    in paragraph (a)(5)(ii)(A) of this section and according to the 
    frequency specified in paragraph (a)(5)(ii)(B) of this section for the 
    contaminant type and water source type.
        (B) Location. You must collect samples at the locations specified 
    for you by the State or EPA.
        (C) Sampling deviations. If you do not collect a sample according 
    to the instructions provided to you for a listed contaminant, then you 
    must report the deviation on the sample reporting form that you send to 
    the laboratory with the samples. You must resample following 
    instructions that you will be sent from EPA's designated laboratory or 
    the State.
        (D) Sample kits. You must store and maintain the sample collection 
    kits sent to you by EPA's designated laboratory in a secure place until 
    used for sampling. You should read the instructions for each kit when 
    you receive it. If indicated in the kit's instructions, you must freeze 
    the cold packs. The sample kit will include all necessary containers, 
    packing materials and cold packs, instructions for collecting the 
    sample and sample treatment (such as dechlorination or preservation), 
    report forms for each sample, contact name and telephone number for the 
    laboratory, and a prepaid return shipping docket and return address 
    label. If any of the materials listed in the kit's instructions are not 
    included or arrive damaged, you must notify EPA's designated laboratory 
    which sent you the sample collection kits.
        (E) Sampling instructions. You must comply with the instructions 
    sent to you by the State or EPA concerning the use of containers, 
    collection (how to fill the sample bottle), dechlorination and/or 
    preservation, and sealing and preparing the sample and shipping 
    containers for
    
    [[Page 50618]]
    
    shipment. You must also comply with the instructions sent to you by 
    EPA's designated laboratory concerning the handling of sample 
    containers for specific contaminants.
        (F) Duplicate samples. EPA will select systems in the State 
    Monitoring Plan that must collect duplicate samples for quality 
    control. If your system is selected, you will receive two sample kits 
    that you must use. You must use the same sampling protocols for both 
    sets of samples, following the instructions in the duplicate sample 
    kit.
        (G) Sampling forms. You must completely fill out the sampling forms 
    sent to you by the laboratory, including the data elements 1 through 6 
    listed in Sec. 141.35(d) for each sample. You must sign and date the 
    sampling forms.
        (H) Sample submission. Once you have collected the samples and 
    completely filled in the sampling forms, you must send the samples and 
    the sampling forms to the laboratory designated in your instructions.
        (6) What additional requirements must I follow if my system is 
    selected as an Index system? If your system is selected as an Index 
    system in the State Monitoring Plan, you must assist the State or EPA 
    in identifying appropriate sampling locations and provide information 
    on which wells and intakes are in use at the time of sampling, well 
    casing and screen depths (if known) for those wells, and the pumping 
    rate of each well or intake at the time of sampling.
        (7) What must I do if my system is selected for the Screening 
    Surveys or Pre-Screen Testing? (i) Large systems. If your system serves 
    over 10,000 persons, you must collect and arrange for testing of the 
    contaminants in List 2 and List 3 of Table 1, Unregulated Contaminant 
    Monitoring Regulation (1999) List, in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, 
    in accordance with the requirements set out in paragraphs (a)(4) and 
    (5) of this section. You must send the samples to one of the 
    laboratories designated by EPA in your notification. You must report 
    the test results to EPA, and provide a copy to the State, as specified 
    in 40 CFR 141.35.
        (ii) Small systems. If your system serves 10,000 or fewer persons, 
    you must collect samples in accordance with the instructions sent to 
    you by the State or EPA, or, if informed by the State or EPA that the 
    State or EPA will collect the sample, you must assist the State or EPA 
    in identifying the appropriate sampling locations and in taking the 
    samples. EPA will report the test results to you and the State.
        (8) What is a violation of this Rule? (i) Any failure to monitor in 
    accordance with Sec. 141.40(a)(3) through (7) and Appendix A is a 
    monitoring violation. (ii) Any failure to report in accordance with 
    Sec. 141.35 is a reporting violation.
        (b) Requirements for State and Tribal Participation. (1) How can I, 
    as the director of a State or Tribal drinking water program, 
    participate in unregulated contaminant monitoring, including Assessment 
    Monitoring (which includes the State Monitoring Plan for small 
    systems), the Screening Surveys, and Pre-Screen Testing of all systems? 
    You can enter into a Memorandum of Agreement (MOA) with the EPA that 
    describes your State's or Tribe's activities to:
        (i) Accept or modify the initial plan. EPA will first specify the 
    systems serving 10,000 or fewer persons by water source and size in an 
    initial State Monitoring Plan for each State using a random number 
    generator. EPA will also generate a replacement list of systems for 
    systems that may not have been correctly specified on the initial plan. 
    This initial State Monitoring Plan will also indicate the year and day, 
    plus or minus two (2) weeks from the day, that each system must monitor 
    for the contaminants in List 1 of Table 1 of this section, Unregulated 
    Contaminant Monitoring Regulation (1999) List. EPA will provide you 
    with the initial monitoring plan for your State or Tribe, including 
    systems to be Index systems and those systems to be part of the 
    Screening Surveys. Within sixty (60) days of receiving your State's 
    initial plan, you may notify EPA that you either accept it as your 
    State Monitoring Plan or request to modify the initial plan by removing 
    systems that have closed, merged or are purchasing water from another 
    system and replacing them with other systems. Any purchased water 
    system associated with a non-purchased water system must be added to 
    the State Monitoring Plan if the State determines that its distribution 
    line is the location of the maximum residence time or lowest 
    disinfectant residual of the combined distribution system. In this 
    case, the purchased water system must monitor for the contaminants for 
    which the ``distribution system'' is identified as the point of 
    ``maximum residence time'' or ``lowest disinfectant residual,'' 
    depending on the contaminant, and not the community water system 
    selling water to it. You must replace any systems you removed from the 
    initial plan with systems from the replacement list in the order they 
    are listed. Your request to modify the initial plan must include the 
    modified plan and the reasons for the removal and replacement of 
    systems. If you believe that there are reasons other than those 
    previously listed for removing and replacing one or more other systems 
    from the initial plan, you may include those systems and their 
    replacement systems in your request to modify the initial plan. EPA 
    will review your request to modify your State's initial plan. Please 
    note that information about the actual or potential occurrence or non-
    occurrence of contaminants at a system or a system's vulnerability to 
    contamination is not a basis for removal from or addition to the plan.
        (ii) Determine an alternate vulnerable time. Within 60 days of 
    receiving the initial State Monitoring Plan, you may also determine 
    that the most vulnerable time of the year for any or all of the systems 
    in the plan, and for any of the large systems that must monitor, is 
    some period other than May 1 through July 31. If you make this 
    determination, you must modify the initial plan to indicate the 
    alternate vulnerable time and to which systems the alternate vulnerable 
    time applies. EPA will review these determinations when you submit your 
    request to modify your State's initial monitoring plan to the EPA. You 
    must notify the small system(s) in your final State Monitoring Plan and 
    the large system(s) of the most vulnerable time(s) of the year that you 
    have specified for them to sample for one of their sampling events. You 
    must notify them at least 90 days before their first unregulated 
    contaminant sampling is to occur. You may need to consider the timing 
    of monitoring in paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section.
        (iii) Modify the timing of monitoring. Within sixty (60) days of 
    receiving the initial plan, you may also modify the plan by selecting 
    an alternative year and day, plus or minus two (2) weeks, within the 
    years specified in column 6, List 1 of Table 1, Unregulated Contaminant 
    Monitoring Regulation (1999) List, in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, 
    for monitoring for each system in the initial plan as long as 
    approximately one-third of the systems in the State Plan monitor in 
    each of the three (3) years listed. This monitoring may be coordinated 
    with regulated contaminant compliance monitoring at your discretion. 
    You must send the modified plan to EPA.
        (iv) Identify alternate sampling points for small systems in the 
    State Monitoring Plan. All systems are required to monitor for the 
    contaminants at the sampling locations specified in column 5, List 1 of 
    Table 1, Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation (1999) List, in 
    paragraph (a)(3) of this section, unless the State specifies an 
    alternate compliance sampling point as the sampling location.
    
    [[Page 50619]]
    
    If the compliance sampling points for the small systems in the State 
    Monitoring Plan are different than those specified in paragraph (a)(3) 
    of this section, then you must indicate these sampling points in the 
    plan. These alternative sampling points must allow proper sampling and 
    testing for the unregulated contaminants.
        (v) Notify small and large systems of their monitoring 
    responsibilities. You must provide notification to systems in the plan 
    and, where appropriate, the large systems, at least ninety (90) days 
    before sampling must occur.
        (vi) Provide instructions to systems that are part of the final 
    State Monitoring Plan. You must send a monitoring schedule to each 
    system listed in the State Monitoring Plan and instructions on 
    location, frequency, timing of sampling, use of sampling equipment, and 
    handling and shipment of samples based on these regulations. EPA will 
    provide you with guidance for these instructions. If you perform the 
    sampling or make alternative arrangements for the sampling at the 
    systems in the plan, you must inform EPA at least six (6) months before 
    the first monitoring is to occur and address the alternative monitoring 
    arrangements in the MOA.
        (vii) Participate in monitoring for the Screening Surveys for small 
    and large systems. Within 120 days prior to sampling, EPA will notify 
    you which systems have been selected to participate in the Screening 
    Surveys, the sampling dates, the designated laboratory for testing, and 
    instructions for sampling. You must review the small systems that EPA 
    selected for the State Monitoring Plan to ensure that the systems are 
    not closed, merged or purchasing water from another system (unless the 
    system is to conduct microbiological contaminant monitoring), and then 
    make any replacements in the plan, as described in paragraph (b)(1)(i) 
    of this section. You must notify the selected systems in your State of 
    these Screening Surveys requirements. You must provide the necessary 
    Screening Surveys information to the selected systems at least ninety 
    (90) days prior to the sampling date.
        (viii) Participate in monitoring for Pre-Screen Testing for small 
    and large systems. You can participate in Pre-Screen Testing in two 
    ways.
        (A) First, within ninety (90) days of EPA's letter to you 
    concerning initiation of Pre-Screen Testing for specific contaminants, 
    you can identify from five (5) up to twenty-five (25) systems in your 
    State that you determine to be representative of the most vulnerable 
    systems to these contaminants, modify your State Monitoring Plan to 
    include these most vulnerable systems if any serve 10,000 or fewer 
    persons, and notify EPA of the addition of these systems to the State 
    Plan. These systems must be selected from all community and non-
    transient noncommunity water systems. EPA will use the State-identified 
    vulnerable systems to select up to 200 systems nationally to be 
    monitored considering the characteristics of the contaminants, 
    precipitation, system operation, and environmental conditions.
        (B) Second, within 120 days prior to sampling, EPA will notify you 
    which systems have been selected, sampling dates, the designated 
    laboratory for testing of samples for systems serving 10,000 or fewer 
    persons and approved laboratories for systems serving more than 10,000 
    persons, and instructions for sampling. You must notify the owners or 
    operators of the selected systems in your State of these Pre-Screen 
    Testing requirements. At least ninety (90) days prior to the sampling 
    date, you must provide the necessary Pre-Screen Testing information to 
    the owners or operators of the selected systems and then inform EPA 
    that you took this action to allow sufficient time for EPA to ensure 
    laboratory readiness.
        (ix) Revise system's treatment plant location(s) to include 
    latitude and longitude. For reporting to the Safe Drinking Water 
    Information System, EPA already requires reporting of either the 
    latitude and longitude or the street address for the treatment plant 
    location. If the State enters into an MOA, the State must report each 
    system's treatment plant location(s) as latitude and longitude (in 
    addition to street address, if previously reported) by the time of the 
    system's reporting of Assessment Monitoring results to the National 
    Drinking Water Contaminant Occurrence Database.
        (2) What if I decide not to participate in an MOA? If you decide 
    not to enter into an MOA with EPA to develop the State Monitoring Plan 
    for small systems, the initial monitoring plan that EPA sent you will 
    become the final State Monitoring Plan for your State or Tribe. In that 
    case, you may still notify each public water system of its selection 
    for the plan and instructions for monitoring as long as you notify EPA 
    that you will be undertaking this responsibility at least six (6) 
    months prior to the first unregulated contaminant monitoring.
        (3) Can I add contaminants to the Unregulated Contaminant 
    Monitoring List? Yes, the SDWA allows Governors of seven (7) or more 
    States to petition the EPA Administrator to add one or more 
    contaminants to the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation 
    (1999) List, in paragraph (a)(3) of this section. The petition must 
    clearly identify the reason(s) for adding the contaminant(s) to the 
    monitoring list in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, including the 
    potential risk to public health, particularly any information that 
    might be available regarding disproportional risks to the health and 
    safety of children, the expected occurrence documented by any available 
    data, any analytical methods known or proposed to be used to test for 
    the contaminant(s), and any other information that could assist the 
    Administrator in determining which contaminants present the greatest 
    public health concern and should, therefore, be included on the 
    Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation (1999) List, in paragraph 
    (a)(3) of this section.
        (4) Can I waive monitoring requirements? Only with EPA approval and 
    under very limited conditions. Conditions and procedures for obtaining 
    the only type of waiver available under these regulations are as 
    follows:
        (i) Application. You may apply to EPA for a State-wide waiver from 
    the unregulated contaminant monitoring requirements for public water 
    systems serving more than 10,000 persons. To apply for such a waiver, 
    you must submit an application to EPA that includes the following 
    information:
        (A) the list of contaminants on the Unregulated Contaminant 
    Monitoring List for which you request a waiver, and
        (B) documentation for each contaminant in your request 
    demonstrating that the contaminants have not been used, applied, 
    stored, disposed of, released, naturally present or detected in the 
    source waters or distribution systems in your State during the past 15 
    years, and that it does not occur naturally in your State.
        (ii) Approval. EPA will notify you if EPA agrees to waive 
    monitoring requirements.
    
    Appendix A to Sec. 141.40--Quality Control Requirements for Testing All 
    Samples Collected
    
        Your system must ensure that the quality control requirements 
    listed below for testing of samples collected and submitted under 
    Sec. 141.40 are followed:
        (1) Sample Collection/Preservation. Follow the sample collection 
    and preservation requirements for the specified method for each of 
    the contaminants in Table 1, UCMR (1999) List, in paragraph (a)(3) 
    of this section. These requirements specify sample containers, 
    collection, dechlorination, preservation, storage, sample holding 
    time, and extract storage and/or holding time that the laboratory 
    must follow.
    
    [[Page 50620]]
    
        (2) Method Detection Limit. Calculate the laboratory method 
    detection limit (MDLs) for each contaminant in Table 1, Unregulated 
    Contaminant Monitoring Regulation (1999) List, of paragraph (a)(3) 
    of this section using the appropriate specified method according to 
    procedures in 40 CFR Part 136, Appendix B with the exception that 
    the contaminant concentration used to fortify reagent water must be 
    less than or equal to the minimum reporting level (MRL) for the 
    contaminants as specified in column 4, Table 1, UCMR (1999) List, in 
    paragraph (a)(3) of this section. The calculated MDL is equal to the 
    standard deviation times the Student's T value for 99% confidence 
    level with n-1 degrees of freedom. (The MDL must be less than or 
    equal to one-half of the MRL.)
        (3) Calibration. Follow the initial calibration requirements as 
    specified in the method utilized. Calibration must be verified 
    initially with a low-level standard at a concentration at or below 
    the MRL for each contaminant. Perform a continuing calibration 
    verification following every 10th sample. The calibration 
    verification must be performed by alternating low-level and mid-
    level calibration standards. The low-level standard is defined as a 
    concentration at or below the MRL with an acceptance range of 
    40%. The mid-level standard is in the middle of the 
    calibration range with an acceptance range of 20%.
        (4) Reagent Blank Analysis. Analyze one laboratory reagent 
    (method) blank per sample set/batch that is treated exactly as a 
    sample. The maximum allowable background concentration is one-half 
    of the MRL for all contaminants. A field reagent blank is required 
    only for EPA Method 524.2 (or equivalent listed methods, D5790.95, 
    SM6210D, and SM6200B).
        (5) Quality Control Sample. Obtain a quality control sample from 
    an external source to check laboratory performance at least once 
    each quarter.
        (6) Matrix Spike and Duplicate. Prepare and analyze the sample 
    matrix spike (SMS) for accuracy and matrix spike duplicate (MSD) 
    samples for precision to determine method accuracy and precision for 
    all contaminants in Table 1, Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring 
    Regulation (1999) List, in paragraph (a)(3) of this section. SMS/MSD 
    samples must be prepared and analyzed at a frequency of 5% (or one 
    SMS/MSD set per every 20 samples) or with each sample batch 
    whichever is more frequent. In addition, the SMS/MSD spike 
    concentrations must be alternated between a low-level spike and mid-
    level spike approximately 50% of the time. (For example: a set of 40 
    samples will require preparation and analysis of two SMS/MSD sets. 
    The first set must be spiked at either the low-level or mid level, 
    and the second set must be spiked with the other standard, either 
    the low-level or mid-level, whichever was not used for the initial 
    SMS/MSD set). The low-level SMS/MSD spike concentration must be 
    within 20% of the MRL for each contaminant. The mid-
    level SMS/MSD spike concentration must be within 20% of 
    the mid-level calibration standard for each contaminant, and should 
    represent, where possible, an approximate average concentration 
    observed in previous analyses of that analyte. The spiking 
    concentrations must be reported in the same units of measure as the 
    analytical results.
        (7) Internal Standard Calibration. As appropriate to a method's 
    requirements to be used, test and obtain an internal standard for 
    the methods for each chemical contaminant in Table 1, Unregulated 
    Contaminant Monitoring Regulation (1999) List, in paragraph (a)(3) 
    of this section, a pure contaminant of known concentration, for 
    calibration and quantitation purposes. The methods specify the 
    percent recovery or response that you must obtain for acceptance.
        (8) Method Performance Test. As appropriate to a method's 
    requirements, test for surrogate compounds, a pure contaminant 
    unlikely to be found in any sample, to be used to monitor method 
    performance. The methods specify the percent recovery that you must 
    obtain for acceptance.
        (9) Detection Confirmation. Confirm any chemical contaminant 
    detected above the MRL by gas chromatographic/mass spectrometric 
    (GC/MS) methods. If testing resulted in first analyzing the sample 
    extracts via specified gas chromatographic methods, an initial 
    confirmation by a second column dissimilar to the primary column may 
    be performed. If the contaminant detection is confirmed by the 
    secondary column, then the contaminant must be reconfirmed by GC/MS 
    using three (3) specified ion peaks for contaminant identification. 
    Use one of the following confirming techniques: perform single point 
    calibration of the GC/MS system for confirmation purposes only as 
    long as the calibration standard is at a concentration within 
     50% of the concentration determined by the initial 
    analysis; or perform a three (3) point calibration with single point 
    daily calibration verification of the GC/MS system regardless of 
    whether that verification standard concentration is within 
     50% of sample response. If GC/MS analysis confirms the 
    initial contaminant detection, report results determined from the 
    initial analysis.
        (10) Reporting. Report the analytical results and other data, 
    with the required data listed in 40 CFR 141.35, Table 1. Report this 
    data electronically to EPA, unless EPA specifies otherwise, and 
    provide a copy to the State. Systems must coordinate with their 
    laboratories for electronic reporting to EPA to ensure proper 
    formatting and timely data submission.
    
    PART 142--NATIONAL PRIMARY DRINKING WATER REGULATIONS 
    IMPLEMENTATION
    
        1. The authority citation for part 142 continues to read as 
    follows:
    
        Authority: 42 U.S.C. 300f, 300g-1, 300g-2, 300g-3, 300g-4, 300g-
    5, 300g-6, 300j-4, 300j-9, and 300j-11.
    
    Sec. 142.15   [Amended]
    
        2. Section 142.15 is amended by removing and reserving paragraph 
    (c)(3).
        3. Section 142.16 is amended by revising paragraphs (e) 
    introductory text, (e)(1) introductory text, and (e)(1)(i)(C) to read 
    as follows:
    
    
    Sec. 142.16  Special primacy requirements.
    
    * * * * *
        (e) An application for approval of a State program revision which 
    adopts the requirements specified in Secs. 141.11, 141.23, 141.24, 
    141.32, 141.61 and 141.62 must contain the following (in addition to 
    the general primacy requirements enumerated elsewhere in this part, 
    including the requirement that State regulations be at least as 
    stringent as the federal requirements):
        (1) If a State chooses to issue waivers from the monitoring 
    requirements in Secs. 141.23 and 141.24, the State shall describe the 
    procedures and criteria which it will use to review waiver applications 
    and issue waiver determinations.
        (i) * * *
        (C) The State decision criteria, including the factors that will be 
    considered in deciding to grant or deny waivers. The decision criteria 
    must include the factors specified in Secs. 141.24(f)(8) and 
    141.24(h)(6).
    * * * * *
    [FR Doc. 99-23030 Filed 9-3-99; 12:35 pm]
    BILLING CODE 6560-50-P
    
    
    

Document Information

Published:
09/17/1999
Department:
Environmental Protection Agency
Entry Type:
Rule
Action:
Final rule.
Document Number:
99-23030
Pages:
50556-50620 (65 pages)
Docket Numbers:
FRL-6433-1
RINs:
2040-AD15: Drinking Water Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Program
RIN Links:
https://www.federalregister.gov/regulations/2040-AD15/drinking-water-unregulated-contaminant-monitoring-program
PDF File:
99-23030.pdf
CFR: (6)
40 CFR 141.40(a)(3)?
40 CFR 9.1
40 CFR 141.35
40 CFR 141.40
40 CFR 142.15
More ...